Rupsha 800-Megawatt Combined Cycle Power Plant Project ...

Environmental Safeguard Monitoring Report Project No. 50161-003 Semestral Report January 2021

Bangladesh: Rupsha 800-Megawatt Combined Cycle Power Plant Project

Appendices (PART D) Prepared by the North-West Power Generation Co., Ltd for the Asian Development Bank.

This environmental safeguard monitoring report is a document of the borrower. The views expressed herein do not necessarily represent those of ADB's Board of Directors, Management, or staff, and may be preliminary in nature. In preparing any country program or strategy, financing any project, or by making any designation of or reference to a particular territory or geographic area in this document, the Asian Development Bank does not intend to make any judgments as to the legal or other status of any territory or area.

23

b) Emergency response action(s) undertaken

c) Future preventive / corrective action(s)

d) Supplementary documents, drawings, photographs, charts.

Any meeting to discuss the post-incident response shall also be documented.

The incident reports shall be kept at site office for review and inspection by the Project Owner and

Owner’s Engineer.

12.0 Documenting and Reporting Implementation status of the safety plans should be monitored and documented regularly.

Monthly Progress Report to be submitted by the EPC should include a monitoring report based

on regular inspection. In addition, any kind of accident or even near misses should be

documented and reported to the Deputy Project Director (SE) immediately.

OWNER’S DOCUMENT NO.

CONTRACTOR’S DOCUMENT NO.

OWNER

OWNER’S ENGINEER

EPC CONTRACTOR

DECEMBER 2020

RUPSHA 800MW COMBINED CYCLE POWER PLANT

MONTHLY ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING REPORT

PREPARED BY

CONSORTIUM OF SHANGHAI ELECTRIC GROUP CO. LTD. CHINA &

ANSALDO ENERGIA S.P.A, ITALY

TECHNICAL SUPPORTED BY

EQMS Consulting Limited

Rev Date Description Written By Position Title Approved By Position Title

1.0 2020/12/27 Draft

casey

Highlight

casey

Sticky Note

1. Refer comments in Master monitoring table. Please indicate numbering for the report 2. This report contains both compliance monitoring and impact auditing?

Rupsha 800 MW CCPP EMR December 2020

i

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

The North-West Power Generation Company Limited (NWPGCL), an enterprise of the

Bangladesh Power Development Board (BPDB) has taken the initiative to enhance the power

generation capacity of Bangladesh to address the growing demand for electricity. This

initiative will involve the construction of a new Rupsha 800 megawatt (MW) Combined Cycle

Power Plant (CCPP) in Khalishpur Upazila, Khulna District in the administrative division of

South-Western Bangladesh. The Rupsha 800 MW CCPP will be designed to use natural

gases main fuel and high-speed diesel (HSD) as back-up fuel to be used only for about 500

hours maximum annually during maintenance or emergency.

This Environmental Monitoring Report deals with monthly environmental quality

parameters (Air, Noise and Site Specific Environmental Qualitative Issues) assessment with

considering the standard procedures for implementing the Environment Management Plan

(EMP) as per CEAP, EIA guide of the GOB. It is important to note that monitoring simply

indicates whether or not there is an environmental concern. It determines the extent of an

effect, or whether an effect will actually occur. This report will be concluded with considering

the real time environmental impacts and mitigation measures during the construction period

on the project site.

The project site is a developed but abandoned government industrial land of 50 acres earlier

belonging to Khulna Newsprint Mill (KNM) Limited and is geographically located at around

22°51’11.32’’N latitude and 89°32’56.00’’E longitude on the eastern bank of the Bhairab River

and on the western side of Bangladesh Industrial Development Corporation (BIDC) Road.

The site is located at Khalishpur Upazila of Khulna District.

A proper methodology has been followed to monitor the environmental aspects. For

quantitative (air and noise) environmental monitoring approved methods implemented with

standard instrumentation. Besides, some important environmental issues are demonstrated

in the following monthly report such as, Health and Safety, Hydrocarbon and Chemical

Storage, Damage to Local Roads, Visual Inspection of Noise, Safety and Security, Waste

Management, Solid Wastes, Liquide Wastes, Construction Wastes, Hazardous Wastes,

Hazardous Waste Handling, Drinking Water and Sanitation, Roads and Pavement, Traffic

Safety, Dust Pollution, Emergency Response Facilities, Grievance Mechanism etc.

The contractor of the project will be responsible for mitigating any environmental disruption

during the construction phase according to the CEAP and EIA. Environmental and safety

personnel are responsible for implementing any environmental management issues during

the construction works. The monthly environmental monitoring and the report is the

reflection of management activities of each and every month.


ii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ..................................................................................................................... i

TABLE OF CONTENTS ....................................................................................................................... ii

LIST OF FIGURES ................................................................................................................................ iv

LIST OF TABLES .................................................................................................................................. iv

LIST OF PHOTOGRAPHS ................................................................................................................. iv

LIST OF MAPS ........................................................................................................................................ v

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS ............................................................................................................... vi

CHAPTER 1 .............................................................................................................................................. 1

1. INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................................... 1

1.1 Study Background ................................................................................................................ 1

1.2 Environmental Monitoring Report (EMR) ................................................................... 1

1.3 Objectives of Environmental Monitoring ...................................................................... 2

1.4 Methodology for Preparation of EMR ............................................................................ 2

1.5 Environmental Policy .......................................................................................................... 2

Chapter 2 ..................................................................................................................................................... 4

2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION ........................................................................................................... 4

2.1 Project Location .................................................................................................................... 4

2.2 Project Layout ....................................................................................................................... 6

2.3 Key Components ................................................................................................................... 8

2.4 Key Project Activities .......................................................................................................... 9

Chapter 3 ................................................................................................................................................... 12

3. LEGAL REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................................ 12

3.1 Policies .................................................................................................................................. 12

3.2 Environmental Limits and Values .................................................................................. 13

CHAPTER 4 ............................................................................................................................................ 16

4. METHODOLOGY ........................................................................................................................ 16

4.1 Quantitative Monitoring Methodology ........................................................................ 16

4.2 Qualitative Monitoring Methodology ........................................................................... 18

4.3 Impacts Auditing Methodology ...................................................................................... 20

CHAPTER 5 ............................................................................................................................................ 23


iii

5. Monthly Environmental Monitoring ......................................................................................... 23

5.1 Quantitative Environmental Monitoring ..................................................................... 23

5.2 Qualitative Monitoring ..................................................................................................... 33

CHAPTER 6 ............................................................................................................................................ 37

6. CONCLUSION ................................................................................................................................ 37

REFERENCES ........................................................................................................................................ 38

ANNEXURE ........................................................................................................................................... 39

I. LAB ANALYSIS REPORT .................................................................................................. 40

II. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING MAPS .......................................................... 51

III. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PHOTOGRAPHS .................................... 54

IV. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING CHECKLISTS........................................... 60


iv

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 2-1: Project Location ................................................................................................................................... 5

Figure 2-2: Important Environmental and Social Areas .................................................................................. 5

Figure 2-3: Project Layout of Rupsha 800 MW Combined Cycle Power Plant ........................................ 7

Figure 2-4: Route for Equipment Delivery ....................................................................................................... 10

Figure 4-1: Automatic Air Sampler (Haz-ScannerTM; HIM 6000) .............................................................. 16

Figure 4-2: Noise Level Meter (Techoplus; Model: SLM25K) ..................................................................... 18

Figure 5-1: Leqday, Baseline and Standard Comparison .................................................................................. 31

Figure 5-2: Leqnight, Baseline and Standard Comparison ................................................................................ 32

LIST OF TABLES

Table 2-1: Breakdown of Components and Area ................................................................................................ 8

Table 3-1: Ambient Air Quality Standards/ Guidelines ................................................................................ 14

Table 3-2: Noise Level Standards/ Guidelines ................................................................................................. 14

Table 4-1: Methodology for the Analysis of Ambient Air Quality. ............................................................. 16

Table 4-2: Air Sample Collection Time and Data Converted Time ............................................................ 17

Table 4-3: Methodology of Qualitative Environmental Monitoring .......................................................... 18

Table 4-4: Impact Auditing Methodology During Construction ................................................................ 20

Table 5-1: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations ................................................................................. 23

Table 5-2: Ambient Air Quality in the Study Area. ......................................................................................... 24

Table 5-3: Sensitive Noise Locations .................................................................................................................. 25

Table 5-4: Noise Level Monitoring Results ...................................................................................................... 27

Table 5-5: Qualitative Environmental Issues and Mitigation Measures ................................................... 33

LIST OF PHOTOGRAPHS

Photo 1: AQ1, In front of Rotary School, Khalishpur, Khulna (Residential Area near KNM) ............. 55

Photo 2: AQ2, Second Gate of the Project, Khalishpur, Khulna (Inside the Project Area) ................... 55

Photo 3: AQ3, Hardboard Boat Terminal Area, Chandanimahal, Khalishpur Khulna (Residential Area of Chandanimahal Village) ..................................................................................................................................... 55

Photo 4: AQ4, Residential Area of Khulna Power Station, Khalishpur Khulna ....................................... 55

Photo 5: AQ5, Crescent High School Play Ground, Khalishpur, Khulna .................................................. 56

Photo 6: AQ6, Muktijoddha Complex, Chandanimahal, Khalishpur, Khulna ........................................... 56

Photo 7: NL1, Abandoned Hospital Premises of KNM, Khalishpur, Khulna............................................ 56

Photo 8: NL2, Residential area of KNM, Khalishpur, Khulna ...................................................................... 56

Photo 9: NL3, Admin Building of the Power Plant, Khalishpur, Khulna .................................................. 57

Photo 10: NL4, KNM Admin Building, Khalishpur, Khulna ........................................................................ 57

Photo 11: NL5, South-West Corner of the Project Boundary, Khalishpur Khulna ................................ 57

Photo 12: NL6, Demolished Overhead Tank of KNM (Presently Wearhouse Building of the Power Plant), Khalishpur Khulna...................................................................................................................................... 57

Photo 13: NL7, Central Control Room of the Power Plant, Khalishpur, Khulna .................................... 57

Photo 14: NL8, Southern Side of the Project Boundary, Khalishpur Khulna ........................................... 58


v

Photo 15: NL9, Residential Area of the Power Plant, Khalishpur, Khulna ............................................... 58

Photo 16: NL10, Guest Room of KNM (Presently Condensate Tank Area), Khalishpur, Khulna ...... 58

Photo 17: Nl11, Premises of Abandoned Mosque (Presently Feed Water Pump Room), Khalishpur, Khulna ......................................................................................................................................................................... 58

Photo 18: Nl12, Western Corner of the Project, Khalishpur Khulna ......................................................... 59

Photo 19: NL13, KNM School (Under Construction), Khalishpur, Khulna .............................................. 59

Photo 20: NL14, Alamnagar Village, Khalishpur Khulna (Local Community) ........................................ 59

LIST OF MAPS

Map 1: Air Quality Monitoring Locations of Rupsha 800 MW Combined Cycle Power Plant, Dec 2020 ............................................................................................................................................................................. 52

Map 2: Noise Level Monitoring Locations of Rupsha 800 MW Combined Cycle Power Plant, Dec 2020 ............................................................................................................................................................................. 53


vi

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

ADB - Asian Development Bank

AEN - Ansaldo Energia S.P.A, Italy

CCPP - Combined Cycle Power Plant

CEAP – Construction Environmental Action Plan

CITES - Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora

COD - Chemical Oxygen Demand

DO - Dissolved Oxygen

DoE - Department of Environment

ECA - Environment Conservation Act

ECC - Environmental Clearance Certificate

ECR - Environment Conservation Rules

EIA - Environmental Impact Assessment

EMP - Environmental Management Plan

EMoP - Environmental Monitoring Plan

ERP – Emergency Response Plan

HSD - High Speed Diesel

IEE - Initial Environmental Examination

MoEF - Ministry of Environment and Forests

PMU - Project Management Unit

RoW - Right-Of-Way

SEC - Shanghai Electric Group CO. Ltd.

SPS - Safeguard Policy Statement


1

CHAPTER 1

1. INTRODUCTION

1.1 Study Background

The Power System Master Plan 2016 recommends for diversification in the use of fuel for

power generation such as domestic and imported coal and natural gas, oil, nuclear power, and

renewable energy. As of December 2017, the energy mix in Bangladesh consist of 64.5%

natural gas, 1.66% hydro, 4.8% power import, 6.4% diesel, 20.9% furnace oil, 1.81% coal, and

0.02% renewable. Consistent with this, the North-West Power Generation Company Limited

(NWPGCL), an enterprise of the Bangladesh Power Development Board (BPDB) has taken

the initiative to enhance the power generation capacity of Bangladesh to address the growing

demand for electricity. This initiative will involve the construction of a new Rupsha 800

megawatt (MW) Combined Cycle Power Plant (CCPP) in Khalishpur Upazila, Khulna

District in the administrative division of South-Western Bangladesh. The Rupsha 800 MW

CCPP will be designed to use natural gases main fuel and high-speed diesel (HSD) as back-

up fuel to be used only for about 500 hours maximum annually during maintenance or

emergency. The Government of Bangladesh (GoB) has applied for financing of this new

power plant from the Asian Development Bank (ADB). The Islamic Development Bank

(IsDB) is expected to co-finance about 20% of the total project cost.

The objectives of this initiative include the following:

To contribute in meeting the demand for electricity and to increase reliability of

supply by minimizing load-shedding;

To support in achieving the vision of GoB, “Power to All by 2021;” To reduce the increasing gap between demand and supply of electricity throughout

the country;

To accelerate economic development by providing adequate and reliable power

generation;

To enhance the stability and reliability of the national grid system, and to reduce the

systems loss by local generation; and,

To develop human resource through technology transfer.

Overall, the goal is to improve the economic growth of Bangladesh by providing a reliable

and stable power supply with this initiative.

1.2 Environmental Monitoring Report (EMR)

This Environmental Monitoring Report deals with monthly environmental quality

parameters (Air, Noise and Site Specific Environmental Qualitative Issues) assessment with

considering the standard procedures for implementing the Environment Management Plan

(EMP) as per CEAP, EIA guide of the GOB. It is important to note that monitoring simply

indicates whether or not there is an environmental concern. It determines the extent of an

effect, or whether an effect will actually occur. This report will be concluded with considering

the real time environmental impacts and mitigation measures during the construction period

casey

Highlight

casey

Sticky Note

Include Master environmental monitoring schedule here to show what component is monitored in this report


2

on the project site. The Shanghai Electric Group Company Limited has hired EQMS

Consulting Limited, Bangladesh for accomplishing the environmental monitoring during

the construction period of the Rupsha 800 MW Combined Cycle Power Plant in every month.

This environmental monitoring report has been based on the findings of a field study on the

environmental conditions pertaining to the project area.

1.3 Objectives of Environmental Monitoring

The main objective of the Monthly Environmental Monitoring is to identify standard

guideline and approach to preserve key environmental aspects by preventing and controlling

environmental pollution and the management of nuisance, resulting from the construction of

the Rupsha 800 MW CCPP in accordance with the conditions of contract and employer’s requirements. The objectives of Monthly Monitoring are listed below-

To detect any disruption of environment according to national / project standard

To identify the impact sources due to power plant construction

To evaluate the quantitative (Air Quality Monitoring, Noise Level Measurement,

Surface Water Sampling and Soil Sampling) activities during construction stage

To mitigate the identified impacts and promote best environmental on-site practices

during the construction phase

1.4 Methodology for Preparation of EMR

This CEAP is prepared encompassing the following approach to ensure all measures

necessary to be included in this CEAP is addressed in a comprehensive manner:

Review of approved EIA reports

Review of EIA approval conditions

Review of Construction method statements

Review of Project implementation schedules

Review of Construction Environmental Action Plan (CEAP)

Consultation with relevant authorities for issues of concern

1.5 Environmental Policy

1.5.1 EHSS Policy of NWPGCL

North-West Power Generation Co. Ltd. (NWPGCL) is committed to environmentally sound

and socially responsible practices in all its business pursuits. NWPGCL continually strive for

better environment and social performance in its project life cycle by providing safe and

healthy work environment along with cordial relations with community we work with. To

ensure this, NWPGCL is committed to:

Identify and manage risks as low as reasonably practicable where they have the

potential to cause an injury or ill health to people, or unacceptable impacts on the

environment or the community.

Commit to prevention of Pollution and provide safe work places and systems of work,

empower employees, contractors and other stakeholders to address unsafe or


3

hazardous situations and carry out their work in a manner that does not present a risk

to themselves, others or the environment.

Set objectives, targets and plans which seek to improve performance in Environment,

Health, Safety and Social (EHSS) aspects.

Provide organizational and institutional arrangements for management of

environment and social issues.

Ensure compliance with applicable national EHSS legal requirements and other

international best EHSS practices.

Require contractors and other stakeholders to manage EHSS using standards and

practices that comply with this policy and guidelines.

Social up-liftmen and social safety.

Periodic Review and report EHSS performance regularly.

The entire line management is responsible for establishing and over viewing NWPGCL

commitment to manage Environment Health & Safety and Social aspect in accordance with

this policy and monitoring the performance of the Company with respect to its

implementation. The Management of NWPGCL is responsible for the implementation of the

EHSS Management System to ensure that the commitments made in this policy are being

met.

1.5.2 HSE Policy of EPC Contractor (SEC-AEN)

Creation of healthy and positive humanities, development of green and intelligent energy;

Control of risks in the environmental safety, and building jointly a harmonious ecological

environment.


4

CHAPTER 2

2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 Project Location

The project site is a developed but abandoned government industrial land of 50 acres earlier


22°51’11.32’’N latitude and 89°32’56.00’’E longitude on the eastern bank of the Bhairab River and on the western side of Bangladesh Industrial Development Corporation (BIDC) Road.

The site is located at Khalishpur Upazila of Khulna District. The project location is shown in

Figure 2.1.

The site is well connected with Khulna city through metal road of 7.7 km and river route

(which include Bhairab, Rupsha, Poshur to connect to Bay of Bengal). Khulna is a Divisional

headquarter of Bangladesh and is well connected with Dhaka and all other cities of

Bangladesh through road, rail, air and river route.

A number of strategically important structure (i.e., Key Point Installation) have been found

around the power plant details of which area is shown in Figure 2.2.

There is a mosque and a mass graveyard of 1971 liberation forces (Mukti Bahini) adjacent to

the power plant area. The mosque is in a dilapidated condition and needs a massive renovation

and the graveyard needs cleaning, dressing including some repairing as well. The mosque

and the graveyard are about 200 m from the project boundary. The mosque and the graveyard

are to be separated from the rest of the project area by constructing boundary wall and will

be fenced with gate to allow for power plant employees to use the mosque for daily prayer

and occasional visit to the graveyard.

The existing school buildings (one for boys and the other for girls) will be relocated outside

of the power plant boundary. The proposed locations for the school have been under

consultation and yet to be confirmed. The school authority, school management committee,

and NWPGCL continue to dialogue to have the best location.


5

Figure 2-1: Project Location

Figure 2-2: Important Environmental and Social Areas


6

2.2 Project Layout

The project is a dual-fired combined cycle power plant (CCPP) that will use natural gas as

primary fuel with High-Speed Diesel (HSD) as back-up. There will two units of 400 MW each

(2x400MW) with built-in low NOx emission control technology, and closed-loop forced-draft

cooling tower system. Natural gas will be supplied by Sundarbans Gas Company Limited

(SGCL) from the Khulna CGS through a 10 km, 24-inch gas distribution pipeline while HSD

will be supplied by Bangladesh Petroleum Corporation Limited (BPCL) from Daulathpur,

Khulna. The net power generation capacity of the CCPP will be 767.84 MW in gas and 648.34

MW in HSD. If operated as simple cycle power plant, the net power generation using natural

gas will be 512 MW and 432 MW with HSD. The project layout is shown in Figure 2.3.


7

Figure 2-3: Project Layout of Rupsha 800 MW Combined Cycle Power Plant

casey

Highlight

casey

Sticky Note

Please confirm with SEC if this is latest layout.


8

2.3 Key Components

2.3.1 Key Equipment

▪ F-Class Gas Turbine (2 Nos. x GT26)

▪ Heat Recovery Steam Generator (HRSG) (2 Nos.)

▪ Steam Turbine (2 Nos. x 167 MW)

▪ Steam Turbine Generator (2 Nos.)

▪ Gas Turbine Generator (2 Nos.)

2.3.2 Balance of Plant (BOP)

▪ Central Control Building (CCR)

▪ Administrative Building

▪ Bypass stack (50 m) (2 Nos.)

▪ HRSG Stack (70 m) (2 Nos.)

▪ Fire-Fighting system ((2x1250m3)

▪ Raw Water System (2X120m3/h)

▪ Water Treatment System（3X65m3/h）

▪ Fuel Gas System (Receiving and Metering Station, RMS, Gas Compressor Station, GCS etc.)

▪ Fuel Oil System (2x15,000m3 main tanks)

▪ Air Cooled Condenser (ACC)

▪ Switchyard (Air-Insulated Switchgear, AIS)

▪ Emergency Diesel Generator (EDG) （1,000kW）

▪ Jetty (state that dredging is needed, estimate amount to be dredged)

▪ River water intake（2x300m3/h）

2.3.3 Environmental Controls

▪ Low NOx Burners (2 sets i.e., 1 set per GT)

▪ Sewage Treatment System (15t/h)

▪ WWTP for ZLD (15t/h)

Table 2-1: Breakdown of Components and Area

Sl. No. Buildings Area, acres

1. Guard house, dormitory, parking area 0.58

2. Admin building and workshop 2.08

3. RMS and fuel gas conditioning skid 2.31

4. Switchyard 4.13


9

Sl. No. Buildings Area, acres

5. GTG 1, HRSG 1 & STG 1 3.18

6. GTG 2, HRSG 2 & STG 2 3.19

7. Laydown Area 3.30

8. Demineralized water treatment plant 2.12

9. Cooling water system 2.49

10. HSD fuel storage system 2.72

11. River water treatment plant 3.49

12. Firefighting water storage 0.67

13. Roads 5.87

14. Existing facilities, i.e., buildings that will remain (mosque, graveyard &guest house)

1.05

15. Spare land 11.65

16. Total 48.83

2.4 Key Project Activities

The Key Project Activities of the project during construction phase are as shown

below:

Base Camp including the office and living area is about 22,000 m2 for 700 management

personal and Workers.

Backfilling of Site is about 50,0000m³, the backfilling materials is river sand, and come

from the Bhairab river by dredge.

Fuel Supply for Construction Machinery is HSD and gas。The HSD is transported

to site by truck, and stored in oil drums which capacity is 200L/drum. There would

be about 10pcs dumps in site.

Delivery of Equipment to Site is shipped to Mengora port by sea and transported by

river to the temporary dock of the power plant. (Figure 2.4)

2.4.1 Key Construction Activities List

▪ Contact effective

▪ The first casting of foundation

▪ GT and ST building steel structure lifting

▪ HRSG module lifting for Block1

▪ HRSG hydraulic test finish for block 1

▪ GT put in position for Block 1

▪ ST completion certificate for block 1 and auxiliaries

▪ High voltage system energization

▪ Step-up transformer energization


10

▪ DM-water available

▪ GT first time ignition and commissioning for block1

▪ GT synchronization for block 1

Figure 2-4: Route for Equipment Delivery

▪ Guarantee test for GT and auxiliaries of block 1

▪ RTR Completion of reliability run for GT and auxiliaries of block1

▪ Operation acceptance certificate for GT and auxiliaries of block 1

▪ ST steam pipe blowing work start for block 1

▪ Synchronization of Block 1


11

▪ Guarantee test of block1 and auxiliaries

▪ Completion of reliability run for block 1 and auxiliaries

▪ OAC Operational acceptance certificate for block1

Commissioning includes GT, ST, Generator, BOP, ACC, etc.

▪ HRSG water and steam pipes are needed to do chemical cleaning.

▪ HRSG and steam pipes are needed to do NDT test.

▪ The gas and firefighting pipes are needed to do hydro-test.

Site Stabilization

Demobilization includes the clearance of the left construction materials and domestic

facilities and the withdraw of construction personal and equipment.

The details of the activities are described in the project execution plan.

The layout for temporary facilities is shown in Attachment 5 which is an independent document.

2.4.2 Implementation Schedule and Project Status

The project will be implemented for 36 months as detailed below.

▪ Gas Turbine 1 – 720 days from Contract Effective Start Date.

▪ Block 1 – 990 days from Contract Effective Start Date.

▪ Gas Turbine 2 – 810 days from Contract Effective Start Date.

▪ Block 2 – 1080 days from Contract Effective Start Date.

▪ The CEAP is prepared by EPC contractor when the EPC contract started

effective and before the site activities start.

The construction period for this Project is 36 months. The physical works is expected

commence in July 2020 i.e., backfilling works.

The Implementation Schedule Level 2 is shown in Attachment 2.

2.4.3 Utilities for Construction

Water

The power plant production water and domestic water is from Bhairab river (affected

by reverse irrigation of tidal seawater). The natural gas RMS regulating station

domestic water is municipal water. The construction water is underground water.

Electricity

The construction and domestic electricity are municipal electricity prepared by EPC

contractor. The commissioning electricity is from PGCB national grid Kourna south

substation prepared by the Owner.


12

CHAPTER 3

3. LEGAL REQUIREMENTS

3.1 Policies

3.1.1 National Environmental Regulations

The Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF) is the agency responsible for planning,

promoting, coordinating and overseeing the implementation of programs and plans regarding

environment and forestry. The MoEF deals with all national environmental matters and is

responsible for the prevention and control of pollution, forestation and regeneration of

degraded areas and protection of the environment, and in the framework of legislations.

MoEF also undertakes surveys, impact assessment, pollution control, research, and collection

and dissemination of environmental information, as well as environmental awareness among

all sectors in Bangladesh.

Under the MoEF is the DoE, which performs regulatory functions. DoE was created in 1989

as the primary government agency responsible for enforcing environmental management

regulations to ensure sustainable development and to conserve and manage the environment.

The DoE ensures the consistent application of environmental rules and regulations, and

provides guidance, training and promotional campaign on improving environmental

awareness.

The main environmental regulations in Bangladesh are the Environment Conservation Act

(ECA) 1995 (amended 2000, 2002, 2007 and 2010) and Environment Conservation Rules

(ECR) 1997. ECA 1995 provides the requirements on environmental protection,

improvement of environmental standards, and control and abatement of environmental

pollution. Through the ECA 1995, the DoE is mandated to undertake any activity needed to

conserve and enhance the quality of environment and to control, prevent and mitigate

pollution.

ECR 1997 provides for the declaration of ecologically-critical areas, categorization of

industries and projects and identified types of environmental assessments needed against

respective categories of industries or projects. Among other things, these rules set (i) the

National Environmental Quality Standards for ambient air, various types of water, industrial

effluent, emission, noise, vehicular exhaust etc.; (ii) the requirement for and procedures to

obtain ECC; and (iii) the requirement for the IEE and their based-on categories of industrial

and other development interventions. ECA 1995 and ECR 1997 outline the regulatory

mechanism to protect the environment in Bangladesh. Aside from ECA 1995 and ECR 1997,

Table 2.1 presents a summary of relevant environmental regulations.

3.1.2 International Environmental Agreements

The EPC contractor and all subcontractors will comply with all the relevant international

Environmental Agreements signed by Bangladesh listed below.

- Convention Concerning the Protection of the World Cultural and Natural Heritage

(Paris 1972)


13

- Convention on Biological Diversity (1992)

- Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora

(Washington 1973) – also known as CITES

- Vienna Convention for the Protection of the Ozone Layer

- Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer (a protocol to the

Vienna Convention for the Protection of the Ozone Layer)

- Kyoto Protocol (1997)

- UNFCCC (1992)

- Basel Convention on the Control of Transboundary Movements of Hazardous Wastes

and their Disposal (1989)

3.1.3 Environmental Requirements of Asian Development Bank

SPS 2009 sets the environmental requirements and review procedures of ADB for all the

projects and grants they finance. SPS 2009 consists of three key safeguard areas, (i)

environment, (ii) involuntary resettlement, and (iii) indigenous peoples; aims to avoid adverse

project impacts to both the environment and the affected people; minimize, mitigate and/or

compensate for adverse project impacts; and help Borrowers to strengthen their safeguard

systems and to develop their capacity in managing the environmental and social risks.

Based on SPS 2009, the project is category A and the EIA is referred to in the overall project

environmental assessment. This CEAP was based on the findings of EIA to meet the

requirements of SPS 2009.

3.1.4 Environmental Requirements of Islamic Development Bank

On 8 December 1974, the Islamic Development Bank (IsDB) was created as an international

financial institution in accordance with the Articles of Agreement signed and ratified by all

member countries done in the City of Jeddah, Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. Consisting of 57-

member countries in Africa, Asia, Europe, and Latin America, IsDB aims to foster the

economic development and social progress in its member countries, and Muslim communities

in nonmember countries. Among others, IsDB is already a key player in the clean energy

sector, with investments of around $1 billion between 2010 and 2012. Since inception, IsDB

has funded about $2.75 billion in renewable energy projects and has allocated six percent of

its operation to climate change mitigating projects.

During the projects’ appraisal/negotiations stage in the IsDB’s project cycle, activities cover

the review and assessment of the following major aspects of a project: technical, institutional,

economic, financial, social, and environmental impact.

IsDB is ADB’s third-largest multilateral partner for project cofinancing since December 2015

and has signed a framework cofinancing agreement in September 2008 and was extended

until 2017.

3.2 Environmental Limits and Values

The following environmental limit values shall be taken into account for the implementation

of the Combined Cycle Power Plant:


14

3.2.1 Ambient Air Quality

According to the ECR 1997 and its subsequent amendment at 2006, the National Ambient

Air Quality Standards and International Standards (IFC/WHO) has been depicted in Table

3.1.

Table 3-1: Ambient Air Quality Standards/ Guidelines

Parameter

Bangladesh WHO***

24 hourlies

(μg/m3) Annual(μg/m3)

24 hourlies

(μg/m3) Annual(μg/m3)

SPM* 200 - - -

PM10 150 50 50 20

PM2.5 65 15 25(guideline) 10

SO2 365 80 20 -

NOX - 100 - 40

CO* 10,000 - 10,000 -

Note: CO hand SPM concentrations and standards are 8-hourly only.

▪ The Bangladesh National Ambient Air Quality Standards have been taken from the Environmental Conservation Rules, 1997 which was amended on 19th August 2005 vide S.R.O. No.220-Law/2005.

▪ WHO Ambient Air Quality Guideline Values (2005 and 2000), which are also being referred in the World Bank and IFC’s General EHS Guidelines (2007). Represents the standard values applicable to the Project.

▪ NOX in Bangladesh National Ambient Air Quality Standards to be reported as NO2.

As per the WB/IFC General EHS guidelines, ambient air quality results need to be compared

with the relevant ambient air quality guidelines and standards by applying national legislated

standards, or in their absence, the current WHO air quality guidelines or other

internationally recognized sources, such as the United States National Ambient Air Quality

Standards and the relevant European Council Directives. Since, Bangladesh has its own

national ambient air quality standards, these local standards are considered as the applicable

standard for the project.

3.2.2 Noise Level

According to The Bangladesh National Ambient Noise Standards have been taken from

Schedule 4 (Standards for Sound) of the Environmental Conservation Rules, 1997 amended

October 7, 2006, as shown in Table 3.4.

Table 3-2: Noise Level Standards/ Guidelines

Category of

Area/Receptor

Bangladesh** IFC-WHO***

Day (dB(A)) Night (dB(A)) Day (dB(A)) Night (dB(A))

Silent Zone 50 40 55 45

Residential Area 55 45 55 45

Mixed Area 60 50 - -

casey

Highlight

casey

Sticky Note

day time: 6 am to 9 pm night- time: 9 m to 6 pm

casey

Sticky Note

daytime: 7 am to 10 pm night-time: 10 pm to 7 am


15

Commercial Area 70 60 70 70

Industrial Area 75 70 70 70

Note:

▪ The Bangladesh National Ambient Noise Standards have been taken from Schedule 4 (Standards for Sound) of the Environmental Conservation Rules, 1997 amended October 7, 2006.

▪ Guidelines values are for noise levels measured out of doors. Source: Guidelines for Community Noise, World Health Organization (WHO), 1999

▪ As per IFC EHS noise level guidelines, Noise impacts should not exceed the levels presented in the above table.


16

CHAPTER 4

4. METHODOLOGY

4.1 Quantitative Monitoring Methodology

4.1.1 Air Quality Monitoring

The existing ambient air quality of the study area has been monitored during the pre-

construction period of the power plant. The ambient status of major air pollutants viz.

Particulate Matter (SPM, PM10 and PM2.5), Gaseous substance (NOx, SO2 and CO) has been

assessed. All the parameters have been sampling for 4 hours.

Haz-ScannerTM (HIM 6000) has been used to monitor the ambient air quality. The particulate

and gaseous samples have been monitored and analysed as per the procedures specified in

Table 4-1 and the instrument shown in Figure 4-1.

Table 4-1: Methodology for the Analysis of Ambient Air Quality.

Sl. No. Parameters Analysis Procedure

1. SPM Particulates Sensor Light Scattering Nephotometer

2. PM10 Particulates Sensor Light Scattering Nephotometer

3. PM2.5 Particulates Sensor Light Scattering Nephotometer

4. SO2 High Sensitivity Electrochemical

5. NOx High Sensitivity Electrochemical

6. CO High Sensitivity Electrochemical

Sources: Information Taken from EQMS Environmental Laboratory, September 2020

Figure 4-1: Automatic Air Sampler (Haz-ScannerTM; HIM 6000)

casey

Highlight

casey

Sticky Note

1. This section shall be consisted with methodology in Section 6 of CEAP. Please standardise based on the comments in CEAP, monitoring methodogy etc.


17

Air quality monitoring samples have been monitored for a defined time interval and from

different sampling points within project areas. Ambient air quality monitoring time and

interval from one point to another point and conversion factor have specified in the Table 4-2.

Table 4-2: Air Sample Collection Time and Data Converted Time

Sl. No. Parameters Sample Collection time (Hr.) Conversion Time (Hr.)

1. SPM 4 8

2. PM10 4 24

3. PM2.5 4 24

4. SO2 4 24

5. NOx 4 24

6. CO 4 8

Sources: Information Taken from EQMS Environmental Laboratory, September 2020

4.1.1.1 Air Quality Data Conversion Formula

Air quality data have been taken four hours and this data converted to eight hours (SPM &

CO) and twenty-four hours (SOx, NOx, PM10 and PM2.5).

The data of the air quality has been converted into standard time by using the following

equation:

Clong = Cshort (tshort / tlong) p

Where,

Clong = is the expected value in the standard time

Cshort = is the measured value at the field level in a specific time period

tshort = Time period (converted into minutes from hour) in the field level

tlong = Standard time period (converted into minutes from hour)

p = is the exponential factor.

4.1.2 Noise Level Monitoring Methods

The ambient noise level has been measured within the project area for 1 hour at day time and

1 hour at night time in every location. One Noise data logger sound level meter (Techoplus,

Model: SLM25K) (Figure 4-2) was used to collect the ambient noise levels. After getting all

the noise it has been downloaded in the computer. The noise meter was settled in a tripod and

kept it 2-3 m away from the sources. Only sensitive area has been covered. Noise level has

been analyzed according to the methodology and compared with the Environment

Conservation Rules (ECR), 1997- Schedule 4 and Noise Pollution Control Rules, 2006. The

SLM was oriented towards the facility of interest for each measurement taken. The SLM was

calibrated before the noise monitoring survey carried out. The sound level was recorded in

form of A-weighted equivalent continuous sound pressure level (LAeq) values with the use of

casey

Highlight

casey

Sticky Note

Requirements is 24 hours monitoring

casey

Highlight

casey

Sticky Note

1. Duration shall follow exactly as per duration for relevant limits i.e. for SPM should be 8 hours and PM10 should be 24 hours.


18

A-weighting filters in the noise measuring instrument. Then noise level data has been

analyzed to LAeqday, LAeqnight, LAmax and LAmin.

Figure 4-2: Noise Level Meter (Techoplus; Model: SLM25K)

4.2 Qualitative Monitoring Methodology

Qualitative environmental monitoring is conducted during the construction period depending

on the EIA review and ADB guidelines. Almost the qualitative parameters are considered

during the monitoring period. The methodology of qualitative monitoring is presented in the

following Table 4-3.

Table 4-3: Methodology of Qualitative Environmental Monitoring

Sl.

No. Parameters Methodology

1. Water Resources A comprehensive checklist will be developed for observation building

residuals dumping, bank erosion and drainage system. Water level

will be collected from available BWDB water gauge station. KII will

be conducted with regional/local BWDB officers, different

departmental officers of Upazila and local community.

2. Biological

Environment

The Ecology team will involve extensively in the field to monitor

and to identify any potential killing of any wildlife species during

buildings demolition and vegetation clearing period in the project

area. The team will search the project area; record the kills or dead

or injured animals from the study area. Direct observation

/Transects will be conducted within the project area. Ecological

team will make 2 days transect walk and direct visual observation

near to demolition and clearance activities every week.

casey

Highlight

casey

Sticky Note

Please include all checklists mentioned in appendices (please name / number each checklist for ease of tracking)


19

Vegetation study will be taken up by using quadrate method. It will

be conducted by the stratified 5 (five) quadrates (5 × 5 m) in the

project area. Opportunistic observation will also be considered. Total

number of tree and DBH (Diameter at Breast Height) will be counted

in the data sheet. Measuring tape and 20 m rope will be used during

the study. Following calculation will be carried after the data

collection.

Dolphin survey will be conducted by transect method according to

Smith et al. (2006). It will be conducted to calculate the encounter

rate of dolphin sightings. About 10 km stretch of U/S and D/S of

Rupsha River on pre-defined transect. Two confluence sites

(Bhairab- Ataland Bhairab- Modhumoti) and River route from

Rupsha bridge to Modhumoti Bhairab confluence will be surveyed

quarterly. Ecologist team has previous experienced of dolphin survey

at the Sangu River, Chattogram; the Jamuna River, Sirajganj; the

Rabnabad Channel, Patuakhali; the Padma River, Manikganj; the

Sundarbans and Swatch of No Ground of the Bay of Bengal.

3. Underwater Noise Surface based underwater noise measuring system is more common

and popular than the other system. In surface-based systems, a

generic continuous underwater noise measuring system is deployed

from a surface platform, most commonly a vessel. The vessel can be

free floating, or more usually, anchored. All system parts except the

noise meter are placed on the vessel, while the sensor is suspended

from the vessel at the desired depth and connected to the equipment

aboard with a cable. The platform based underwater noise measuring

systems are the most usual entry (starting) level for underwater noise

measurements. The reason is that small vessels are easy to find and

handled and the measuring equipment (amplifier, filter, A/D

converter, etc.) can be easily‐available general purpose laboratory

equipment. The great advantage of this methodology is that it is real

time. The functionality of the system is always under control,

measurement parameters can be adjusted and data monitored in real

time. It can be very useful when starting to monitor underwater

noise, when knowledge and experience are gained.

4. Fish Diversity and

Habitat

To conduct the assessment of fish diversity and habitat, the survey

team will drive for the boat-to-boat survey within Bhairab River

around 2 - km u/s and d/s away from the Project site. In the survey,

the team will consider 1 (one) normal day as well as 1 (one) full moon

or dark moon. A suitable questionnaire will be kept to distinguish the

fish species, and their local status (IUCN Red List Bangladesh, 2015

and Fish Base data). Then the team will make a checklist of

threatened species within the survey AOI. In addition, alternatively

(each quarter) one fish markets will be surveyed for species

composition within the study AOI. Consultant will scrutinize the fish

species, their sources and availability within the project AOI during

the market survey.

casey

Highlight

casey

Highlight

casey

Sticky Note

Explain specifically what method is selected for this monitoring exercise


20

5. Fishing Livelihoods Precise guided questionnaire will be used to apprehend the fishing

activities, seasonal engagement, species availability, yields and

market price, equipment/production cost, livelihoods, extant of

dependency (primary and secondary) on fishing etc.

After getting the baseline information from FGDs and KII, the team

will accumulate the consequences considering the livelihood, socio-

economic status, production cost, monthly/seasonal fishing

engagement, daily/monthly earnings, available exquisite and

expensive fisheries around the fishing area etc.

6. Worker Health and

Sanitation

Details in the “Occupational Health and Safety Plan” prepared

and submitted by the Contractor as an independent document.

7. Working Condition,

Laws, Safety and

Security


and submitted by the Contractor as an independent document

8. Generation of Non-

Hazardous Solid

Waste (Domestic

Waste, Office Waste)



9. Community Safety

and Security



10. Agricultural

Production, Loss and

Disease

Agricultural production, Loss and Diseases (If Present) will be

monitor through direct observation in the field. Also, the cropping

pattern will be monitor to picturize the cropping changes. Three

Locations of the study area within 0.5-2 kilometer will be selected as

a sample field. Primarily, structured questionnaire will be kept to

determine the production, yield, loss, and disease (if present). Also,

the team will conduct KII with Upazilla Agricultural Officer and Sub

Divisional Agricultural Officer to distinguished the running

production and previous one. 2 (two) nos. of FGD will be conducted

with local farmers.

11. Drinking Water Details in the “Occupational Health and Safety Plan” prepared


12. Health and Safety Details in the “Occupational Health and Safety Plan” prepared


4.3 Impacts Auditing Methodology

This auditing section will be conducted depending on the visual inspection and also real time

environmental hazards. A basic methodology for impacts auditing is presented in the Table

4-4.

Table 4-4: Impact Auditing Methodology During Construction

casey

Highlight

casey

Sticky Note

Please explain how this is monitored? What output to be generated i.e. completed inspection checklist?

casey

Highlight


21

Sl. No. Parameters Methodology

1. Hydrocarbon and

Chemical Storage

A comprehensive checklist will be generated and maintained

log book. A visual observation and pictorial evidence will also

be maintained. The storage place and the surroundings area

will be maintained a as environmentally sound manner.

2. Damage to Local

Roads

Visual inspection with pictorial evidence will be maintained

from the starting of the project to till the end. Besides all

documents will be oriented in the monthly based report.

3. Traffic Safety Visual inspection with pictorial evidence will be maintained



4. Air Quality (Dust,

Smoke)




5. Noise (Daily) The ambient noise level will be measured around the

construction area for 15-30 minutes when the construction

work going on. One Noise data logger sound level meter

(Techoplus, Model: SLM25K) will be used to collect the

ambient noise levels. After getting all the noise it has been

downloaded in the computer. The noise meter was settled in a

tripod and kept it 2-3 m away from the sources. Noise level has

been analyzed according to the methodology and compared

with the Environment Conservation Rules (ECR), 1997-

Schedule 4 and Noise Pollution Control Rules, 2006.

6. Plantation Healthy plants are vital to sustainable and profitable yield

production and to the quality and cost of the nation's supply of

food, fuel, and fiber Plant. To conduct the study, the team will

consider ten x ten m (10 × 10 m) experimental plots: one wet,

one dry and one control. Sidling’s, Saplings, and tree of each plot will be measure for the first time through measurable tape.

Additionally, data sheet will be kept for recording the plant

health, plant width, leaves etc. Surveyed locations will be

repetitive, non-destructive, measurable in context of soil and

plant characteristics.

7. Waste Management Visual inspection with pictorial evidence will be maintained



8. Hazardous Waste

Handling




9. Restoration of Work

Sites




casey

Highlight

casey

Sticky Note

Please include all checklist mentioned here in appendices


22

Sl. No. Parameters Methodology

10. Safety of Workers

Monitoring and

Reporting Accidents

Incident reporting, Visual inspection with pictorial evidence

will be maintained from the starting of the project to till the

end. Besides all documents will be oriented in the monthly

based report.

11. Emergency Response

Facilities

Included in the “Emergency Response Plan” which has been

submitted by the contractor as an independent document.

12. Grievance Mechanism Several complaint box will be set up around the project area

and the documentation will be maintained on weekly basis.


23

CHAPTER 5

5. MONTHLY ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

5.1 Quantitative Environmental Monitoring

5.1.1 Air Quality Monitoring Locations

The objectives of the surrounding air quality observing system was to set up the standard

encompassing air quality in the study area. The profile of the Project is mainly urban on the

western and Rupsha – Bhairab River on the eastern side. The major sources of air pollution

noted within the study area include vehicular movement on the national highway and

domestic emissions apart from the existing industries. Ambient air quality has been

monitored in the project activities. The location details as follows Table 5-1. Besides, the

monitoring locations map and photographs attached in the annex section for more

clarification.

Table 5-1: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations

Sl.

No. Code Sampling Station

GPS

Coordinates

Sampling

Date & Time

Location

Setting

1. AQ1

In front of Rotary

School, Khalishpur,

Khulna (Residential Area

near KNM)

22°50'55.91"N

89°32'30.05"E

07.12.2020

09:23 AM

Urban

Residential

Settings

2. AQ2

Second Gate of the

Project, Khalishpur,

Khulna (Inside the

Project Area)

22°51'11.90"N

89°32'58.52"E

08.12.2020

09:31 AM

Residential

Settings

3. AQ3

Hardboard Boat

Terminal Area,

Chandanimahal,

Khalishpur Khulna

(Residential Area of

Chandanimahal Village)

22°51'38.61"N

89°33'15.66"E

09.12.2020

09:00 AM

Village and

Rural Settings

4. AQ4

Residential Area of

Khulna Power Station,

Khalishpur Khulna

22°51'57.79"N

89°32'17.44"E

10.12.2020

10:10 AM

Industrial

Settings

5. AQ5

Crescent High School

Play Ground,

Khalishpur, Khulna

22°51'50.62"N

89°32'56.81"E

11.12.2020

09:28 AM

Urban and Slum

Settings

6. AQ6

Muktijoddha Complex,

Chandanimahal,

Khalishpur, Khulna

22°52'15.63"N

89°32'38.12"E

12.12.2020

09:26 AM

Village and

Rural Settings

Sources: Monthly Environmental Monitoring, December 2020


24

5.1.2 Air Quality Monitoring Results

Air quality around the construction area (Project Site) has been monitored during the month of December 2020 from 7th to 12th dated. An

automatic noise sampler has been used to execute the task and the monitoring was continuous processes. The monitored ambient air quality is

summarized in Table 5-2.

Table 5-2: Ambient Air Quality in the Study Area.

Sl.

No. Code Period

Ambient Air Pollution Concentration in µg/m3 CO

ppm Remarks SPM PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx

Unit µg/m3 µg/m3 µg/m3 µg/m3 µg/m3

1. AQ1 Baseline 135.3 34.0 18.5 42.5 34.0 0.021 Remain Under the Baseline and Standard Values for all

Parameters. Sources: Residential Combustion, Road

Dust Spreading and Local Construction Work Dec 2020 130.4 32.4 16.7 39.3 31.6 0.014

2. AQ2

Baseline 166.0 77.3 38.0 52.6 71.8 0.131 Remain Under the Baseline and Standard Values for all

Parameters. Sources: Dust from Land Filling Area, Road

Traffic Emission and Residential Combustion Dec 2020 157.3 75.1 34.8 43.5 67.2 0.017

3. AQ3


Parameters. Sources: Rural Combustion, River

Transport Emission and Road Traffic Dec 2020 143.2 42.1 27.1 62.8 44.3 0.021

4. AQ4


Parameters. Sources: Industrial Emission, Vehicular

Emission and Road Dust Dec 2020 140.0 63.8 34.2 74.8 33.3 0.145

5. AQ5


Parameters. Sources: Slum Area Combustion, Industrial

Combustion and Local Traffic Dec 2020 128.3 65.3 25.5 17.7 34.8 0.064

6. AQ6 Baseline 44.6 17.5 9.4 45.0 22.0 0.015


25

Dec 2020 35.2 13.2 7.1 39.1 19.8 0.033

Remain Under the Baseline and Standard Values for all

Parameters. Sources: Rural Combustion, Dust from

Land Filling area, Sand Extraction and Local Traffic

5. Duration (hours) 8 24 24 24 24 8

6. Bangladesh

Standard* 200 150 65 365

100

(Annual) 9

7. IFC/WHO

Standard -- 50 25 20

40

(Annual) --

Note: * According to ECR 1997 and Subsequent amendment 19th August, 2005; vide S.R.O. No.220-Law/2005; Date of Sampling: 7th –12th December, 2020; Date of analysis: 17th December 2020; Weather Condition: Sunny; Baseline = Construction Environmental Action Plan (CEAP), November 2020.

5.1.3 Noise Level Monitoring Locations

Noise levels were recorded at fourteenth locations in the study area during the month of December 2020. Noise levels were recorded in the form

of sound pressure levels using a digital sound level meter. Detail list of noise level sampling location are given in Table 5-3. Noise level was

measured at every location on different time. The sound level is recorded in form of A-weighted equivalent continuous sound pressure level

(Leq) values with the use of A-weighting filters in the noise measuring instrument. The locations map and photographs has been oriented in the

annex section.

Table 5-3: Sensitive Noise Locations

Sl.

No. Code Location GPS Coordinates Sampling Date

Time Location Setting Category

Day Night

1. NL1 Abandoned Hospital Premises of

KNM, Khalishpur, Khulna

22°51’14.8’’N 89°32’57.8’’E

07.12.2020 08:15

AM

07:00

PM

Urban and Slum

Settings Residential Area

2. NL2 Residential area of KNM,

Khalishpur, Khulna

22°51’12.8’’N 89°32’57.2’’E

07.12.2020 10:27

AM

08:34

PM

Urban and Slum



26

Sl.



Day Night

3. NL3 Admin Building of the Power

Plant, Khalishpur, Khulna

22°51’110.1’’N 89°32’52.7’’E

07.12.2020 03:21

PM

09:54

PM Industrial Settings Industrial Area

4. NL4 KNM Admin Building,

Khalishpur, Khulna

22°51’19.9’’N 89°32’58.7’’E

08.12.2020 09:00

AM

07:17


5. NL5

South-West Corner of the

Project Boundary, Khalishpur

Khulna

22°51’03.1’’N 89°32’52.1’’E

08.12.2020 10:41

AM

08:39

PM

Urban and Slum


6. NL6

Demolished Overhead Tank of

KNM (Presently Wearhouse

Building of the Power Plant),

Khalishpur Khulna

22°51’09.8’’N 89°33’03.4’’E

08.12.2020 03:38

PM

10:43


7. NL7

Central Control Room of the

Power Plant, Khalishpur,

Khulna

22°51’07.3’’N 89°33’02.5’’E

09.12.2020 09:03

AM

07:19


8. NL8 Southern Side of the Project

Boundary, Khalishpur Khulna

22°51’03.7’’N 89°32’58.9’’E

09.12.2020 11:30

AM

08:35

PM

Urban and Slum


9. NL9 Residential Area of the Power

Plant, Khalishpur, Khulna

22°51’05.3’’N 89°33’13.7’’E

09.12.2020 03:36

PM

09:56

PM

Urban and Slum


10. NL10

Guest Room of KNM (Presently

Condensate Tank Area),

Khalishpur, Khulna

22°51’03.8’’N 89°33’07.0’’E

10.12.2020 09:11

AM

07:12



27

Sl.



Day Night

11. NL11

Premises of Abandoned Mosque

(Presently Feed Water Pump

Room), Khalishpur, Khulna

22°51’06.8’’N 89°32’53.9’’E

10.12.2020 11:02

AM

08:38

PM

Urban and Slum

Settings Silent Area

12. NL12 Western Corner of the Project,

Khalishpur Khulna

22°51’07.6’’N 89°32’49.2’’E

10.12.2020 02:55

PM

10:23

PM

Market Place and

Bazar Settings

Commercial

Area

13. NL13

KNM School (Under

Construction), Khalishpur,

Khulna

22°51’13.5’’N 89°32’59.5’’E

11.12.2020 08:56

AM

07:43

PM

Village and Rural

Settings Silent Area

14. NL14 Alamnagar Village, Khalishpur

Khulna (Local Community)

22°51’02.6’’N 89°33’08.2’’E

11.12.2020 02:32

PM

09:35

PM

Village and Rural



5.1.4 Noise Level Monitoring Results

The noise level has been monitored during the month of December 2020 from 7th to 11th dated. An electronic and auto recorded noise meter

has been used to conduct the study. The recorded noise levels summary monitoring results shown in Table 5-4.

Table 5-4: Noise Level Monitoring Results

Sl.

No.

Sampling

Code Locations Period

Ambient Noise Level [dB(A)] Standard*

[dB(A)] Remarks

Leqday Leqnight Lmax Lmin Day Night

1. NL1

Abandoned Hospital

Premises of KNM,

Khalishpur, Khulna

Baseline 49.3 41.3 60.4 34.7 55 45

Below the Baseline and Standard

Level Dec 2020 48.1 39.6

casey

Highlight

casey

Sticky Note

Please compare to both Bangladesh std and WHO std. Please note that duration of day time and night-time noise is different between Bangladesh and WHO. Please include both


28

Sl.

No.

Sampling



[dB(A)] Remarks


2. NL2 Residential area of KNM,

Khalishpur, Khulna

Baseline 57.4 37.5 70.8 32.0 55 45


Level Dec 2020 55.9 37.2

3. NL3

Admin Building of the


Khulna

Baseline 52.0 42.3 63.4 35.8 75 70


Level Dec 2020 50.5 42.0

4. NL4 KNM Admin Building,

Khalishpur, Khulna

Baseline 53.8 38.1 62.4 34.4 75 70


Level Dec 2020 52.6 37.2

5. NL5

South-West Corner of

the Project Boundary,

Khalishpur Khulna

Baseline 47.2 36.3 69.5 33.2 55 45


Level Dec 2020 47.1 35.4

6. NL6

Demolished Overhead

Tank of KNM (Presently

Wearhouse Building of

the Power Plant),

Khalishpur Khulna

Baseline 51.2 41.5

66.3 34.2 75 70 Below the Baseline and Standard

Level Dec 2020 50.5 40.2

7. NL7

Central Control Room of

the Power Plant,

Khalishpur, Khulna

Baseline 52.7 40.8

63.7 36.0 75 70

Exceed the Baseline at Day

Time and Below the Standard at

Day Time but Below the

Baseline and Standard at Night

Time. Sources: Test Piling

Activities and Surrounding

River Transports

Dec 2020 53.5 38.2


29

Sl.

No.

Sampling



[dB(A)] Remarks


8. NL8

Southern Side of the

Project Boundary,

Khalishpur Khulna

Baseline 51.1 39.0 67.3 35.2 55 45


Level Dec 2020 50.8 37.4

9. NL9

Residential Area of the


Khulna

Baseline 54.7 38.7

73.5 32.9 55 45





Time. Sources: Local People

Screaming, Shouting; Local

Transport and Vehicles

Dec 2020 56.8 36.4

10. NL10

Guest Room of KNM

(Presently Condensate

Tank Area), Khalishpur,

Khulna

Baseline 59.9 37.2

70.0 31.5 75 70 Below the Baseline and Standard

Level Dec 2020 57.8 35.2

11. NL11

Premises of Abandoned

Mosque (Presently Feed

Water Pump Room),

Khalishpur, Khulna

Baseline 47.5 39.4

65.4 32.2 50 40





Time. Sources: Surroundings

Local People and River

Transport

Dec 2020 49.9 38.1

12. NL12

Western Corner of the

Project, Khalishpur

Khulna

Baseline 55.6 40.0 72.0 33.5 70 60


Level Dec 2020 54.3 38.5


30

Sl.

No.

Sampling



[dB(A)] Remarks


13. NL13

KNM School (Under

Construction),

Khalishpur, Khulna

Baseline 48.4 38.9

70.6 32.7 50 40





Time. Sources: New School

Construction, Generator, Pump

and Workers Shouting

Dec 2020 49.0 37.5

14. NL14

Alamnagar Village,

Khalishpur Khulna (Local

Community)

Baseline 54.3 42.3 68.7 34.1 55 45


Level Dec 2020 51.0 39.8

Note: * According to ECR 1997 and Subsequent amendment on 2006; Date of Noise Monitoring: 7th to 11th December, 2020 Date of analysis: 15th December 2020; Baseline = Construction Environmental Action Plan (CEAP), November 2020


31

According to Bangladesh Environmental Quality Standard ECR’97 categorizations current

monitoring location falls into Residential area (NL1, NL2, NL5, NL8, NL9 and NL14), Silent

area (NL11 and NL13), Industrial Area (NL3, NL4, NL6, NL7 and NL10) and Commercial

area (NL12). The day time noise level of NL7, NL9, NL11 and NL13 are exceeded baseline

values but below the standard level (Figure 5-1). There is huge local road traffic on the

highway alongside the project and also observed river transportation behind the power plant

area. In day time, more than thousand vehicles are passing through the local roads and river

ways. Besides, local people of this area are engaged for extracting sands from the river and

the sands also transported by local truck, lorry, van etc. There are a lot of industries around

the project area where, heavy machineries, vehicle and river transportation may be influenced

here for increasing the noise level. Mitigation measures are already taken to control the noise

level in all of the locations. Most of the areas will be fenced out and acoustic barrier will be in

operational phase. Ear plugs will be provided to all of the workers for reducing the extreme

effect of noise pollution.

Figure 5-1: Leqday, Baseline and Standard Comparison

NL1 NL2 NL3 NL4 NL5 NL6 NL7 NL8 NL9 NL10 NL11 NL12 NL13 NL14

Leqday 48.1 55.9 50.5 52.6 47.1 50.5 53.5 50.8 56.8 57.8 49.9 54.3 49 51

Baseline 49.3 57.4 52 53.8 47.2 51.2 52.7 51.1 54.7 59.9 47.5 55.6 48.4 54.3

Standard 55 55 75 75 55 75 75 55 55 75 50 70 50 55

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

No

ise

Lev

el (

dB

A)

Leqday of December 2020


32

Figure 5-2: Leqnight, Baseline and Standard Comparison

The night time noise level of all the locations are remained under the standard of Bangladesh

and baseline (Figure 5-2). Noise level in every location may hampered by traffic movement

on the highway nearby as well as the sand transported by local truck or trolley which

responsible for increasing the noise level in this area. River transportation such as, goods and

people bearing engine boat, ferry and cargo are responsible for increasing the noise level

around all of the areas.

NL1 NL2 NL3 NL4 NL5 NL6 NL7 NL8 NL9 NL10 NL11 NL12 NL13 NL14

Leqnight 39.6 37.2 42 37.2 35.4 40.2 38.2 37.4 36.4 35.2 38.1 38.5 37.5 39.8

Baseline 41.3 37.5 42.3 38.1 36.3 41.5 40.8 39 38.7 37.2 39.4 40 38.9 42.3

Standard 45 45 70 70 45 70 70 45 45 70 40 60 40 45

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70N

ois

e L

evel

(d

BA

)Leqnight of December 2020


33

5.2 Qualitative Monitoring

According to CEAP and EIA review, some important environmental issues are oriented in the following Table 5-5 during the monthly inspection

of December 2020. The construction work has not been started in full swing yet, so the impacts or issues observed very lower than the demolition

or pre-construction period. Therefore, the environmental practices in the project sites have been presented in the following table with

considering the construction status.

Table 5-5: Qualitative Environmental Issues and Mitigation Measures

Sl.

No. Environmental Issues Mitigation Measures Evidence/Pictures Remarks

1. Health and Safety ▪ Maintaining Safety Gears

▪ No Entry without PPE

▪ Comfortable Working

Condition for the Workers

▪ No Issues Arise yet

▪ Contractor will Promote the

PPE Application While Full

Swing Work

▪ All Others Safety Features will

be Implemented soon.

2. Hydrocarbon and Chemical

Storage


3. Damage to Local Roads ▪ No Damage Observed

▪ In a Proper Condition

▪ Need to be Refurbished

▪ Water Spraying Needed

▪ Contractor will Take

Necessary Steps as per EMP

to Mitigate any Situation

When will Arise

casey

Sticky Note

Suggest to put photos of more workers actively engaged in work activities


34

4. Visual Inspection of Noise ▪ Existing Barricade Around

the Project Area has been

Observed

▪ No Issues Observed During

Inspection about the Noise

Pollution.

▪ New Barricade will be

Constructed Soon




When will Arise

5. Safety and Security ▪ Good Fencing and

Signboard Installment

▪ No Accidents has been

Recorded yet




When will Arise

▪ Fencing and Signboard

Installment will be Increased

6. Waste Management ▪ No Issues Arise yet

7. Solid Wastes

Liquide Wastes

Construction Wastes

Hazardous Wastes


8. Hazardous Waste

Handling



35

9. Drinking Water and

Sanitation

▪ Safe Filtered Drinking

Water Supply for Workers

▪ Sanitation Establishment

are Ongoing

▪ No Water Borne Disease

has been Observed yet

▪ Contractor will Promote the

Water Supply System in a

Near Future

▪ Also Increasing the Sanitation

Facilities

10. Roads and Pavement ▪ Now as Muddy Road, Road

will be Concreated Soon

▪ No Accidents Observed yet

▪ Need to Water Spray

▪ Non-Comfortable for

Walking

▪ Contractor will Take All

Necessary Steps for

Developing the Issue.

11. Traffic Safety ▪ No Issues Arise yet

12. Dust Pollution ▪ Water Spraying will Started

Soon

▪ Tanker Vehicle will be

Engaged for the Task


casey

Sticky Note

Add photo


36

13. Emergency Response

Facilities

▪ Good Placement of First

Aid Box with Basic Medical

Assistance

▪ Accessible and Good to

Handling

▪ Need More Medical

Facilities

▪ Contractor will Take All

Necessary Steps for

Implementing the Issue

▪ Medical Team will be

Appointed in a Near Future

14. Grievance Mechanism ▪ Complaint Box has Placed in

the Main Gate

▪ Local Publicly Accessible

▪ Contractor will Take all

Necessary Steps for this

Grievance Mechanism

▪ Stakeholder Meeting will also

be Undertaken



37

CHAPTER 6

6. CONCLUSION

The monthly environmental monitoring in the project area had been conducted for observing

and maintaining the several environmental aspects as well as inspecting the outcomes of

environmental performance. Depending on the quality analysis, dust or air pollution slightly

generated in the area due to vehicle transportation and other machineries. Tanker spray will

be continuing for reducing this effect. Solid, liquid and other related wastes management

system are now in progressing.

Several drainage systems will be constructed for developing a better drainage system. Waste

water (liquid waste) treatment pond is necessary for avoiding the surrounding soil or surface

water pollution and that will be constructed. Scattering wastes are dangerous for the workers

and other staffs. Environmental degradation incidents and complaint are absent in this month.

Numerous flagmen, signalmen and linesmen will be appointed for traffic management.

Security supervisor, manager and guards will be appointed for good camp management. A lot

of toilets and bathrooms will be constructed for the convenience of staffs and workers. PPE

and First Aid Box will be provided for securing the workers. Toolbox and discussion meeting

are now going on for better environmental and safety management.

Barricade around the construction area is now establishing before noise level crosses the

extreme level. Water tank should be used for avoiding the vast dust pollution. For liquid

waste management a designated water treatment pond is the demand of time. Solid waste

(construction waste) should be gathered in a specific area (designated area) for reusing.

Degradable solid waste should be buried in the earthen whole for decomposing. Several

complaint box should be placed in the camp area for better camp management.

A complete Covid-19 preventive plan had been submitted and all other preventive measures

taken to combat the pandemic situation. Regular basis training, awareness discussion,

motivation etc. has already been implemented among the workers. Enough safety precautions

have been taken to continue the construction work. Monitoring and inspection are also going

on depending on the nCovid-19 prevention plan. The construction work flow had been

stopped due to the lockdown situation and hopefully the full sewing work will be started very

soon abide by the Health and Safety Plan.

Lastly, contractors had concerned about the environmental aspects and impacts as well as

they are now implementing the suitable management system.


38

REFERENCES

EPC Contract of Rupsha 800 mw Combined Cycle Power Plant

Environmental Impact Assessment Reports on Rupsha 800 mw Combined Cycle

Power Plant Project

Semi-Annual Environmental Report Jan. – June 2019


39

ANNEXURE


40

I. LAB ANALYSIS REPORT


41

Noise Level Analysis Lab Report


42


43


44

Ambient Air Quality Analysis Lab Report


45


46


47


48


49


50


51

II. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING MAPS


52

Map 1: Air Quality Monitoring Locations of Rupsha 800 MW Combined Cycle Power Plant, Dec 2020


53

Map 2: Noise Level Monitoring Locations of Rupsha 800 MW Combined Cycle Power Plant, Dec 2020


54

III. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PHOTOGRAPHS


55

Photo 1: AQ1, In front of Rotary School, Khalishpur, Khulna (Residential Area near KNM)

Photo 2: AQ2, Second Gate of the Project, Khalishpur, Khulna (Inside the Project Area)

Photo 3: AQ3, Hardboard Boat Terminal Area, Chandanimahal, Khalishpur Khulna

(Residential Area of Chandanimahal Village)

Photo 4: AQ4, Residential Area of Khulna Power Station, Khalishpur Khulna


56

Photo 5: AQ5, Crescent High School Play Ground, Khalishpur, Khulna

Photo 6: AQ6, Muktijoddha Complex, Chandanimahal, Khalishpur, Khulna

Photo 7: NL1, Abandoned Hospital Premises of KNM, Khalishpur, Khulna

Photo 8: NL2, Residential area of KNM, Khalishpur, Khulna


57

Photo 9: NL3, Admin Building of the Power Plant, Khalishpur, Khulna

Photo 10: NL4, KNM Admin Building, Khalishpur, Khulna

Photo 11: NL5, South-West Corner of the Project Boundary, Khalishpur Khulna

Photo 12: NL6, Demolished Overhead Tank of KNM (Presently Wearhouse Building of the

Power Plant), Khalishpur Khulna

Photo 13: NL7, Central Control Room of the Power Plant, Khalishpur, Khulna


58

Photo 14: NL8, Southern Side of the Project Boundary, Khalishpur Khulna

Photo 15: NL9, Residential Area of the Power Plant, Khalishpur, Khulna

Photo 16: NL10, Guest Room of KNM (Presently Condensate Tank Area), Khalishpur,

Khulna

Photo 17: Nl11, Premises of Abandoned Mosque (Presently Feed Water Pump Room),

Khalishpur, Khulna


59

Photo 18: Nl12, Western Corner of the Project, Khalishpur Khulna

Photo 19: NL13, KNM School (Under Construction), Khalishpur, Khulna

Photo 20: NL14, Alamnagar Village, Khalishpur Khulna (Local Community)


60

IV. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING CHECKLISTS


61

“Environmental Monitoring Checklist will be Maintained from January 2021. The Checklists

are in the Proponent’s Review for Approval. After Approving, the Checklists will be Filled

up and submitted with Next Monthly Environmental Monitoring Report.”

casey

Sticky Note

Noted this comment on checklists. Please expedite

OWNER’S DOCUMENT NO. CONTRACTOR’S

DOCUMENT NO. DZ04(327).009-2020(1)

OWNER

OWNER’S ENGINEER

EPC CONTRACTOR


CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL ACTION PLAN (CEAP)

PREPARED BY




1.0 2020/09/20 Liu Tao Project HSE

Manager Guo Yongjie

Project

Manager

ES-1

Executive Summary This CEAP is prepared for Rupsha 800MW Combined Cycle Power Plant Project. The purpose of

this CEAP is to comply with all the requirements listed in the approved EIA report for Component

1 (Power Plant) from DoE Bangladesh, the subsequent EIA approval conditions and any additional

anticipated environmental impacts arising from the method statement of construction activities by

the Contractor (which are previously not identified during the EIA stage). The Contractor is

committed to strictly comply and maintain the CEAP as well as maintaining an effective Emergency

Response Plan to address the identified potential hazard and risks throughout the construction

phase of the Project. This CEAP is a living document and shall be updated from time to time

(typically at least once every twelve (12) calendar months or more frequent) to incorporate

additional measures deemed necessary arising from the highly dynamic nature of the construction

activities.

This CEAP is structured in the following manner:

Chapter 1: Introduction

Chapter 2: Project Descriptions

Chapter 3: Legal Requirements

Chapter 4: Organizational Setup

Chapter 5: Aspects & Impacts Identification and Mitigation Measures

Chapter 6: Environmental Monitoring Programme

Chapter 7: Emergency Response and Disaster Management Plan

Generally, the impacts, which are had been adequately identified during the EIA stage, are to be

mitigated by adopting Environmental Code of Practices (ECP) as per Annex 9 of the approved EIA

report (Component 1) and Contractor's good practices throughout the project implementation. On

the other hand, impacts and risks which are critical or major will be mitigated or prevented by

adopting specific plans that are specified in Chapter 5 of this CEAP.

The effectiveness of the mitigation measures are quantified (both qualitatively and quantitatively)

through the continuous environmental monitoring programme for each environmental component.

Any breaches in compliance will be investigated and rectified immediately, either via corrective

measures or future preventive measures.

The master table of impacts and mitigation measures will be detailed in Chapter 5 and the master

table for monitoring programme will be detailed in Chapter 6.

ES-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 Chapter 1: Introduction ............................................................................................................. 1

Scope of CEAP .............................................................................................................. 1

Objective of CEAP ......................................................................................................... 2

Methodology for Preparation of CEAP .......................................................................... 3

Environmental Policy ..................................................................................................... 3

Environmental Budget ................................................................................................... 4

2 Chapter 2: Project Descriptions ................................................................................................ 5

Project Location ............................................................................................................. 5

Project Layout ................................................................................................................ 7

Key Components ........................................................................................................... 9

Key Project Activities ................................................................................................... 10

3 Chapter 3: Legal Requirements .............................................................................................. 13

Policies ......................................................................................................................... 13

Environmental Limits and Values ................................................................................ 15

Project Compliance Status .......................................................................................... 21

4 Chapter 4: Organisational Setup ............................................................................................ 22

Environmental Management Organization .................................................................. 22

Roles and Responsibilities .......................................................................................... 23

Communication ............................................................................................................ 28

Consultation ................................................................................................................. 32

Competency and Training............................................................................................ 33

5 Chapter 5: Impacts Identification & Mitigation Measures ....................................................... 35

Mitigation Plan ............................................................................................................. 35

Environmental Code of Practices ................................................................................ 52

Workers’ Health and Safety ......................................................................................... 71

6 Chapter 6: Environmental Monitoring Programme ................................................................. 72

Subject of Monitoring ................................................................................................... 72

Compliance monitoring ................................................................................................ 72

Sampling and Analysis Methodology........................................................................... 83

Impacts Monitoring ...................................................................................................... 85

7 Chapter 7: Emergency Response Plan .................................................................................. 87

8 Attachments ............................................................................................................................ 88

9 List of References ................................................................................................................... 95

ES-3

List of Figures Figure 2.1 Project Location

Figure 2.2 Important environmental and social areas

Figure 2.3 Project Layout

Figure 4.1 Environmental Management Organization Chart

Figure 4.2: Flow Diagram for Internal and External HSE Communications

Figure 6.1: OVERALL ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING STATIONS

Figure 6.2: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING STATIONS

Figure 6.3 NOISE LEVEL MONITORING STATIONS (OVER ALL)

Figure 6.4 NOISE LEVEL MONITORING STATIONS (ZOOM NORTHERN SECTOR)

Figure 6.5 NOISE LEVEL MONITORING STATIONS (ZOOM SOUTHERN SECTOR)

Figure 6.6 SURFACE WATER QUALITY MONITORING STATIONS (OVERALL)

Figure 6.7 SURFACE WATER QUALITY MONITORING STATIONS (ZOOM NEAR POWER

PLANT FOOTPRINT)

Figure 6.8 GROUNDWATER QUALITY MONITORING STATIONS

List of Tables Table 1.1: Environmental Protection Budget

Table 2.1: Breakdown of components and area

Table 3.1: Ambient Air Quality Standards/ Guidelines

Table 3.2: Bangladesh Standards for Drinking Water

Table 3.3: Bangladesh Standard for Inland Surface Water

Table 3.4: Noise Level Standards/ Guidelines

Table 3.5 Waste Water Quality


Table 4.1 Communication Plan

Table 5.1 Mitigation Plan

Table 6.1: Environmental Compliance Monitoring Plan

Table 6.2 Coordinates of Ambient Air Quality Sampling Locations

Table 6.3 Coordinates of Ambient Noise Sampling Stations

Table 6.4 Coordinates of Surface Water Sampling Stations

Table 6.5 Coordinates of Groundwater Sampling Stations

Table 6.6: Impact Auditing Plan

List of Appendices or Attachments Attachment 1: Approval of EIA Report for the Power Plant

Attachment 2: Project Implement Schedule level 2

ES-4

Attachment 3: Daily Environmental Inspection Checklist

Attachment 4: EIA APPROVAL COMPLIANCE STATUS CHECKLIST

Attachment 5: The Layout of Temporary Facilities

Attachment 6: ENVIRONMENTAL CODE OF PRACTICES (ECPs)

Attachment 7: The Master Table for Monitoring Schedule

Attachment 8: Emergency Response Plan

List of Abbreviations ADB - Asian Development Bank

AEN - Ansaldo Energia S.P.A, Italy

CCPP - combined cycle power plant

CEAP – Construction Environmental Action Plan

CITES - Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora

COD - chemical oxygen demand

DO - dissolved oxygen

DoE - Department of Environment

ECA - Environment Conservation Act

ECC - Environmental Clearance Certificate

ECR - Environment Conservation Rules

EIA - Environmental Impact Assessment

EMP - Environmental Management Plan

EMoP - Environmental Monitoring Plan

ERP – Emergency Response Plan

HSD - high speed diesel

IEE - Initial Environmental Examination

MoEF - Ministry of Environment and Forests

PMU - project management unit

RoW - right-of-way

SEC - Shanghai Electric Group CO. Ltd.

SPS - Safeguard Policy Statement

1

1.0 Chapter 1: Introduction 1.1 Scope of CEAP This plan is prepared by the Contractor to address all the potential environmental impacts that may

arise from the construction activities within the boundary of the Project site (Power Plant),

encompassing an area of approximately 50 acres. The boundary of responsibility also extends to

the following, but not limited to, the activities that arise outside the boundary of the Power Plant,

such as: -

a) Construction of the river intake system at Bhairab River;

b) Transportation of equipment / materials in and out of Project site, either by land or by river;

c) Any activities related to the construction that may give rise to an appreciable adverse impacts

to the surrounding physical-chemical, biological and human environment.

This plan has been developed consistent with the EPC Contract [Contract Document Volume 2 of

3, Book 2 of 3 – Bidding Document Volume 2, Section 3.17.2(c)] and regulatory (EIA approval

Clause 15, Attachment 1). This CEAP is prepared to comply with the following:

a) All environmental mitigation measures listed in the approved EIA report (Component 1),

specifically listed in Table 9.4 and Annex 9;

b) The respective EIA approval conditions issued by DoE Bangladesh, dated 24th November 2019

(Memo No. 22.02.0000.018.72.11.2019.534];

c) All relevant local regulations prescribed through the Environmental Conservation Act 1995 and

Environmental Control Rules (ECR) 1997;

d) Additional environmental requirements prescribed by the Lenders i.e. Asian Development

Bank (ADB);

e) IFC-World Bank EHS General Guidelines 2007;

f) All relevant local regulations prescribed through the Bangladesh Labour Act 2006 and

Bangladesh Labour Rules 2015, and

g) The Contractor’s (SEC) HSE Management Requirements.

The CEAP covers measures that will be conducted in every phase of implementing EPC Contract

to ensure that adverse impacts are minimized and positive impacts enhanced. Aside from the

mitigation measures, the CEAP also includes the required monitoring and implementation

arrangements with cost estimates.

This CEAP covers the Environment aspects of EPC Contractor and all subcontractors’ activities

on Rupsha 800MW Combined Cycle Power Plant Project. Copies of this plan will be furnished to

all subcontractors and they must strictly abide with the rules herein as a minimum requirement.

2

This plan covers the following sections:

Chapter 2: Project Descriptions

Chapter 3: Legal Requirements

Chapter 4: Organisational Setup

Chapter 5: Aspects & Impacts Identification and Proposed Mitigation Measures

Chapter 6: Environmental Monitoring Programme

Chapter 7: Emergency Response and Disaster Management Plan

For the purpose of this CEAP, the following definition applies: -

Contractor - Consortium of Shanghai Electric Company (China) and

Ansaldo Energia (Italy)

Project Owner - Northwest Power Generation Company Limited

(NWPGCL)

Environmental Consultant - To be designated later.

Owners’ Engineer (OE) - Minconsult Sdn. Bhd.

1.2 Objective of CEAP The CEAP aims to manage the potential adverse impacts associated with the implementation of

the project. Specifically, the objectives include:

a) To comply with all applicable environmental laws, regulations and requirements of GoB,

ADB, and IFC-WB EHS General Guidelines 2007;

b) To facilitate the implementation of the proposed mitigation measures for identified

environmental impacts in order to minimise the potential adverse impacts

c) To maximise potential project benefits and reduce adverse impacts through systematic and

regular monitoring of the mitigation measures being implemented;

d) To outline clearly the roles and responsibilities for the EPC Contractors, consultants, and

other staff who will be involved in the implementation of the project;

e) To ensure that the budget allocated for the implementation of the CEAP is sufficient;

f) To provide Environmental direction and guidance for Contractor’s personnel and all

subcontractors involved in the execution of the project

g) To provide a detailed monitoring programme for all affected environmental components to

gauge the compliance level with respect to the subscribed applicable environmental laws,

regulations and requirements;

h) To determine the additional corrective or prevention actions necessary in the event breach

of respective environmental limits are detected from the continuous monitoring programme;

3

i) To comply with the requirements of Shanghai Electric (SEC) by ensuring that all

construction works carried out by SEC comply with customer’s and regulatory bodies’

environmental requirements; and,

j) To incorporate stakeholders’ engagement initiatives such as the Communication Action

Plan.

1.3 Methodology for Preparation of CEAP This CEAP is prepared encompassing the following approach to ensure all measures necessary

to be included in this CEAP is addressed in a comprehensive manner:

a) Review of approved EIA reports b) Review of EIA approval conditions c) Review of Construction method statements d) Review of Project implementation schedules e) Consultation with relevant authorities for issues of concern

1.4 Environmental Policy

1.4.1 EHSS Policy of NWPGCL

North-West Power Generation Co. Ltd. (NWPGCL) is committed to environmentally sound and

socially responsible practices in all its business pursuits. NWPGCL continually strive for better

environment and social performance in its project life cycle by providing safe and healthy work

environment along with cordial relations with community we work with. To ensure this, NWPGCL

is committed to:

Identify and manage risks as low as reasonably practicable where they have the potential

to cause an injury or ill health to people, or unacceptable impacts on the environment or

the community.

Commit to prevention of Pollution and provide safe work places and systems of work,

empower employees, contractors and other stakeholders to address unsafe or hazardous

situations and carry out their work in a manner that does not present a risk to themselves,

others or the environment.

Set objectives, targets and plans which seek to improve performance in Environment,

Health, Safety and Social (EHSS) aspects.

Provide organizational and institutional arrangements for management of environment

and social issues.

Ensure compliance with applicable national EHSS legal requirements and other

international best EHSS practices.

Require contractors and other stakeholders to manage EHSS using standards and

practices that comply with this policy and guidelines.

4

Social up-liftmen and social safety.

Periodic Review and report EHSS performance regularly.

The entire line management is responsible for establishing and over viewing NWPGCL

commitment to manage Environment Health & Safety and Social aspect in accordance with this

policy and monitoring the performance of the Company with respect to its implementation. The

Management of NWPGCL is responsible for the implementation of the EHSS Management System

to ensure that the commitments made in this policy are being met.

1.4.2 HSE Policy of EPC Contractor(SEC-AEN)

Creation of healthy and positive humanities, development of green and intelligent energy;

Control of risks in the environmental safety, and building jointly a harmonious ecological

environment.

1.5 Environmental Budget The Project EPC Contractor has allocated approximately USD 546,000 for the effective

implementation of the CEAP throughout the construction phase. The breakdown is shown in Table 1.1.

Table 1.1: Environmental Protection Budget

No. Key Environmental Requirements Allocated Budget

(USD) Construction Phase

1 Preparation of CEAP and related environmental protection

plans 10,000

2 Development of environmental management system 50,000

3 Investment cost including pollution control system and

pollution monitoring system 121,000

4 Environmental Monitoring and Auditing (EMA) Programme 210,000

5 Waste management system 15,000

6 Training 50,000

7 Miscellaneous 90,000

Total (USD) 546,000 Note: The budgetary allocation may be subjected to revision during the implementation phase of the Project, based on the needs and requirements

5

2.0 Chapter 2: Project Descriptions 2.1 Project Location The project site is a developed but abandoned government industrial land of 50 acres earlier


22°51’11.32’’N latitude and 89°32’56.00’’E longitude on the eastern bank of the Bhairab River and

on the western side of Bangladesh Industrial Development Corporation (BIDC) Road. The site is

located at Khalishpur Upazila of Khulna District. The project location is shown in Figure 2.1.

The site is well connected with Khulna city through metal road of 7.7 km and river route (which

include Bhairab, Rupsha, Poshur to connect to Bay of Bengal). Khulna is a Divisional headquarter

of Bangladesh and is well connected with Dhaka and all other cities of Bangladesh through road,

rail, air and river route.

A number of strategically important structure (i.e. Key Point Installation) have been found around

the power plant details of which area is shown in Figure 2.2.

There is a mosque and a mass graveyard of 1971 liberation forces (Mukti Bahini) adjacent to the

power plant area. The mosque is in a dilapidated condition and needs a massive renovation and

the graveyard needs cleaning, dressing including some repairing as well. The mosque and the

graveyard are about 200 m from the project boundary. The mosque and the graveyard are to be

separated from the rest of the project area by constructing boundary wall and will be fenced with

gate to allow for power plant employees to use the mosque for daily prayer and occasional visit to

the graveyard.

The existing school buildings (one for boys and the other for girls) will be relocated outside of the

power plant boundary. The proposed locations for the school have been under consultation and

yet to be confirmed. The school authority, school management committee, and NWPGCL continue

to dialogue to have the best location.

6

Figure 2.1 Project Location

7

Figure 2.2 Important environmental and social areas

2.2 Project Layout The project is a dual-fired combined cycle power plant (CCPP) that will use natural gas as primary

fuel with High Speed Diesel (HSD) as back-up. There will two units of 400 MW each (2x400MW)

with built-in low NOx emission control technology, and closed-loop forced-draft cooling tower

system. Natural gas will be supplied by Sundarban Gas Company Limited (SGCL) from the Khulna

CGS through a 10 km, 24 inch gas distribution pipeline while HSD will be supplied by Bangladesh

Petroleum Corporation Limited (BPCL) from Daulathpure, Khulna. The net power generation

capacity of the CCPP will be 767.84 MW in gas and 648.34 MW in HSD. If operated as simple

cycle power plant, the net power generation using natural gas will be 512 MW and 432 MW with

HSD. The project layout is shown in Figure 2.3.

8

Figure 2.3 Project Layout

9

2.3 Key Components 1. Key equipment

a) F-Class Gas Turbine (2 nos x GT26) b) Heat Recovery Steam Generator (HRSG) (2 nos) c) Steam Turbine (2 nos x 167 MW) d) Steam Turbine Generator (2 nos) e) Gas Turbine Generator (2 nos)

2. Balance of Plant (BOP) a) Central Control Building (CCR) b) Administrative Building c) Bypass stack (50 m) (2 nos) d) HRSG Stack (70 m) (2 nos) e) Fire-Fighting system ((2x1250m3) f) Raw Water System (2X120m3/h) g) Water Treatment System（3X65m3/h） h) Fuel Gas System (Receiving and Metering Station, RMS, Gas Compressor Station, GCS

etc) i) Fuel Oil System (2x15,000m3 main tanks) j) Air Cooled Condenser (ACC) k) Switchyard (Air-Insulated Switchgear, AIS) l) Emergency Diesel Generator (EDG) （1,000kW） m) Jetty (state that dredging is needed, estimate amount to be dredged) n) River water intake（2x300m3/h）

3. Environmental Controls a) Low Nox Burners (2 sets i.e. 1 set per GT) b) Sewage Treatment System (15t/h) c) WWTP for ZLD(15t/h)

Table 2.1 presents the breakdown of component and area allocated.

Table 2.1: Breakdown of components and area

Buildings Area, acres

Guard house, dormitory, parking area 0.58

Admin building and workshop 2.08

RMS and fuel gas conditioning skid 2.31

Switchyard 4.13

GTG 1, HRSG 1 & STG 1 3.18

GTG 2, HRSG 2 & STG 2 3.19

Laydown Area 3.30

Demineralized water treatment plant 2.12

Cooling water system 2.49

HSD fuel storage system 2.72

River water treatment plant 3.49

Firefighting water storage 0.67

10

Buildings Area, acres

Roads 5.87 Existing facilities, i.e., buildings that will remain(mosque, graveyard &guest house) 1.05

Spare land 11.65

Total 48.83

2.4 Key Project Activities The Key Project Activities of the project during construction phase are as shown below:

a) Base Camp including the office and living area is about 22,000 m2 for 700 management

personal and Workers.

b) Backfilling of Site is about 50,0000m³,the backfilling materials is river sand, and come

from the Bhairab river by dredge.

c) Fuel Supply for Construction Machinery is HSD and gas。The HSD is transported to

site by truck, and stored in oil drums which capacity is 200L/drum. There would be

about 10pcs dumps in site.

d) Delivery of Equipment to Site is shipped to Mengora port by sea and transported by

river to the temporary dock of the power plant. (See the Figure 2.4)

Key Construction Activities list:

- Contact effective

- The first casting of foundation

- GT and ST building steel structure lifting

- HRSG module lifting for Block1

- HRSG hydraulic test finish for block 1

- GT put in position for Block 1

- ST completion certificate for block 1 and auxiliaries

- High voltage system energization

- Step-up transformer energization

- DM-water available

- GT first time ignition and commissioning for block1

- GT synchronization for block 1

11

Figure 2.4 Route for Equipment Delivery

- Guarantee test for GT and auxiliaries of block 1

- RTR Completion of reliability run for GT and auxiliaries of block1

- Operation acceptance certificate for GT and auxiliaries of block 1

- ST steam pipe blowing work start for block 1

- Synchronization of Block 1

- Guarantee test of block1 and auxiliaries

- Completion of reliability run for block 1 and auxiliaries

- OAC Operational acceptance certificate for block1

e) Commissioning includes GT, ST, Generator, BOP, ACC, etc.

1) HRSG water and steam pipes are needed to do chemical cleaning.

2) HRSG and steam pipes are needed to do NDT test.

3) The gas and firefighting pipes are needed to do hydro-test.

f) Site Stabilization

12

g) Demobilization includes the clearance of the left construction materials and domestic

facilities and the withdraw of construction personal and equipment.

The details of the activities are described in the project execution plan.

The layout for temporary facilities is shown in Attachment 5 which is an independent document. Implementation Schedule and Project Status

The project will be implemented for 36 months as detailed below.

Gas Turbine 1 – 720 days from Contract Effective Start Date.

Block 1 – 990 days from Contract Effective Start Date.

Gas Turbine 2 – 810 days from Contract Effective Start Date.

Block 2 – 1080 days from Contract Effective Start Date.

The CEAP is prepared by EPC contractor when the EPC contract started effective and

before the site activities start.

The construction period for this Project is 36 months. The physical works is expected commence

in July 2020 i.e. backfilling works.

The Implementation Schedule Level 2 is shown in attachment 2 for your reference.

Utilities for Construction Water

The power plant production water and domestic water is from Bhairab river (affected by

reverse irrigation of tidal seawater). The natural gas RMS regulating station domestic water is

municipal water. The construction water is underground water.

Electricity The construction and domestic electricity is municipal electricity prepared by EPC contractor.

The commissioning electricity is from PGCB national grid Kourna south substation prepared

by the Owner.

13

3.0 Chapter 3: Legal Requirements 3.1 Policies

3.1.1 National Environmental Regulations

The Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF) is the agency responsible for planning, promoting,

coordinating and overseeing the implementation of programs and plans regarding environment

and forestry. The MoEF deals with all national environmental matters and is responsible for the

prevention and control of pollution, forestation and regeneration of degraded areas and protection

of the environment, and in the framework of legislations. MoEF also undertakes surveys, impact

assessment, pollution control, research, and collection and dissemination of environmental

information, as well as environmental awareness among all sectors in Bangladesh.

Under the MoEF is the DoE, which performs regulatory functions. DoE was created in 1989 as the

primary government agency responsible for enforcing environmental management regulations to

ensure sustainable development and to conserve and manage the environment. The DoE ensures

the consistent application of environmental rules and regulations, and provides guidance, training

and promotional campaign on improving environmental awareness.

The main environmental regulations in Bangladesh are the Environment Conservation Act (ECA)

1995 (amended 2000, 2002, 2007 and 2010) and Environment Conservation Rules (ECR) 1997.

ECA 1995 provides the requirements on environmental protection, improvement of environmental

standards, and control and abatement of environmental pollution. Through the ECA 1995, the DoE

is mandated to undertake any activity needed to conserve and enhance the quality of environment

and to control, prevent and mitigate pollution.

ECR 1997 provides for the declaration of ecologically-critical areas, categorization of industries

and projects and identified types of environmental assessments needed against respective

categories of industries or projects. Among other things, these rules set (i) the National

Environmental Quality Standards for ambient air, various types of water, industrial effluent,

emission, noise, vehicular exhaust etc.; (ii) the requirement for and procedures to obtain ECC; and

(iii) the requirement for the IEE and their based on categories of industrial and other development

interventions. ECA 1995 and ECR 1997 outline the regulatory mechanism to protect the

environment in Bangladesh. Aside from ECA 1995 and ECR 1997, Table 2.1 presents a summary

of relevant environmental regulations.

3.1.2 International Environmental Agreements

The EPC contractor and all subcontractors will comply with all the relevant international

Environmental Agreements signed by Bangladesh listed below. - Convention Concerning the Protection of the World Cultural and Natural Heritage (Paris

1972)

- Convention on Biological Diversity (1992)

14

- Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora

(Washington 1973) – also known as CITES

- Vienna Convention for the Protection of the Ozone Layer

- Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer (a protocol to the Vienna

Convention for the Protection of the Ozone Layer)

- Kyoto Protocol (1997)

- UNFCCC (1992)

- Basel Convention on the Control of Transboundary Movements of Hazardous Wastes

and their Disposal (1989)

-

3.1.3 Environmental Requirements of Asian Development Bank

SPS 2009 sets the environmental requirements and review procedures of ADB for all the projects

and grants they finance. SPS 2009 consists of three key safeguard areas, (i) environment, (ii)

involuntary resettlement, and (iii) indigenous peoples; aims to avoid adverse project impacts to

both the environment and the affected people; minimize, mitigate and/or compensate for adverse

project impacts; and help Borrowers to strengthen their safeguard systems and to develop their

capacity in managing the environmental and social risks.

Based on SPS 2009, the project is category A and the EIA is referred to in the overall project

environmental assessment. This CEAP was based on the findings of EIA to meet the requirements

of SPS 2009.

3.1.4 Environmental Requirements of Islamic Development Bank

On 8 December 1974, the Islamic Development Bank (IsDB) was created as an international

financial institution in accordance with the Articles of Agreement signed and ratified by all member

countries done in the City of Jeddah, Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. Consisting of 57-member countries

in Africa, Asia, Europe, and Latin America, IsDB aims to foster the economic development and

social progress in its member countries, and Muslim communities in nonmember countries. Among

others, IsDB is already a key player in the clean energy sector, with investments of around $1

billion between 2010 and 2012. Since inception, IsDB has funded about $2.75 billion in renewable

energy projects and has allocated six percent of its operation to climate change mitigating projects.

During the projects’ appraisal/negotiations stage in the IsDB’s project cycle, activities cover the

review and assessment of the following major aspects of a project: technical, institutional,

economic, financial, social, and environmental impact.

IsDB is ADB’s third-largest multilateral partner for project cofinancing since December 2015 and

has signed a framework cofinancing agreement in September 2008 and was extended until 2017.

15

3.2 Environmental Limits and Values The following environmental limit values shall be taken into account for the implementation of the

Combined Cycle Power Plant:


According to the ECR 1997 and its subsequent amendment at 2006, the National Ambient Air

Quality Standards and International Standards (IFC/WHO) has been depicted in Table 3.1.

Table 3.1: Ambient Air Quality Standards/ Guidelines

Parameter Bangladesh WHO***

24 hourly(μg/m3) Annual(μg/m3) 24 hourly(μg/m3) Annual(μg/m3)

SPM* 200 - - -

PM10 150 50 50 20

PM2.5 65 15 25(guideline) 10

SO2 365 80 20 -

NOX - 100 - 40

CO* 10,000 - 10,000 -

Note: CO hand SPM concentrations and standards are 8-hourly only.

The Bangladesh National Ambient Air Quality Standards have been taken from the

Environmental Conservation Rules, 1997 which was amended on 19th August 2005 vide

S.R.O. No.220-Law/2005.

WHO Ambient Air Quality Guideline Values (2005 and 2000), which are also being referred in

the World Bank and IFC’s General EHS Guidelines (2007). Represents the standard values

applicable to the Project.

NOX in Bangladesh National Ambient Air Quality Standards to be reported as NO2.

As per the WB/IFC General EHS guidelines, ambient air quality results need to be compared with

the relevant ambient air quality guidelines and standards by applying national legislated standards,

or in their absence, the current WHO air quality guidelines or other internationally recognized

sources, such as the United States National Ambient Air Quality Standards and the relevant

European Council Directives. Since, Bangladesh has its own national ambient air quality standards,

these local standards are considered as the applicable standard for the project.

3.2.2 Ground Water Quality

According to the Rule 12, Schedule-3 (B), ECR 1997, standard for drinking water has been

depicted in Table 3.2.

16

Table 3.2: Bangladesh Standards for Drinking Water

Parameter Unit Analysis Method Bangladesh Standards*

Alkalinity mg/L Colorimetric Method -

Arsenic mg/L Modified Gutzeit method 0.05

Ammonia mg/L Nessler 0.5

Aluminum mg/L Aluminon Method 0.2

Chloride mg/L Mercury(Ⅱ) thiocyanate Method 150-600

Chromium mg/L Diphenyl carbohydrazide Method 0.05

Coliform(Fecal) N/100ml MFM 0

Coliform(Total) N/100ml MFM 0

DO mg/L DO Meter 6

EC μS/cm Hanna Combo Meter -

Fluoride mg/L UVS 1

Hardness mg/L Colorimetric Method 200-500

Iron mg/L Phenanthroline Method 0.3-1.0

Lead mg/L AAS 0.05

Manganese mg/L Periodate Oxidation 0.1

Nitrate mg/L Cadmium Reduction 10

Potassium mg/L Trubidimetric Method 12

Phosphate mg/L Amino acid Method 6

Phosphorus mg/L Amino acid Method 0

PH --- Hanna Combo Meter 6.5-8.5

Salinity ppt Digital Salinity Meter -

Sulphate mg/L Turbidimetric Method 400

TDS mg/L Hanna Combo Meter 1000

Temperature ℃ Hanna Combo Meter 20-30

Zinc mg/L Zincon Method

Source: Rule 12, Schedule-3, ECR.1997, Bangladesh.

3.2.3 Surface Water Quality

According to the Rule 12, Schedule-3 (A), ECR 1997, standard for surface water has been depicted

in Table 3.3.

Table 3.3: Bangladesh Standard for Inland Surface Water Best Practice-Based Classification Parameter

17

pH BOD

(mg/l)

DO

(mg/l)

Total Coliform

(Number/100)

Source of drinking water for supply

only after disinfecting 6.5-8.5 2 or less 6 or above 50 or less

Water usable for recreational activity 6.5-8.5 3 or less 5 or more 200 or less

Source of drinking water for supply

after conventional treatment 6.5-8.5 6 or less 6 or more 5000or less

Water usable by fisheries 6.5-8.5 6 or less 5 or more -

Water usable by various process and

cooling industries 6.5-8.5 10 or less 5 or more 5000 or less

Water usable for irrigation 6.5-8.5 10 or less 5 or more 1000 or less

Source: Rule 12, Schedule-3; Environmental Conservation Rules, 1997

DO = Dissolve Oxygen, BOD = Biological Oxygen Demand, mg/l = Milligram per Liter, pH =

Negative decimal logarithm of the hydrogen ion activity in a solution

Notes:

1. In water used for pisciculture, maximum limit of ammonia presence as Nitrogen is 1.2 mg/l.

2. Electrical conductivity for irrigation water – 2250 μhoms/cm (at a temperature of 25°C);

Sodium less than 26%; boron less than 0.2%.

3.2.4 Noise Level

According to The Bangladesh National Ambient Noise Standards have been taken from Schedule

4 (Standards for Sound) of the Environmental Conservation Rules, 1997 amended October 7, 2006,

as shown in Table 3.4.

Table 3.4: Noise Level Standards/ Guidelines Category of

Area/Receptor

Bangladesh** IFC-WHO***

Day (dB(A)) Night (dB(A)) Day (dB(A)) Night (dB(A))

Silent Zone 50 40 55 45

Residential Area 55 45 55 45

Mixed Area 60 50 - -

Commercial Area 70 60 70 70

Industrial Area 75 70 70 70

Note:

The Bangladesh National Ambient Noise Standards have been taken from Schedule 4

(Standards for Sound) of the Environmental Conservation Rules, 1997 amended October 7,

2006.

18

Guidelines values are for noise levels measured out of doors. Source: Guidelines for

Community Noise, World Health Organization (WHO), 1999

As per IFC EHS noise level guidelines, Noise impacts should not exceed the levels presented

in the above table.

3.2.5 Waste Water Quality

According to the Rule 13, Schedule-10, ECR 1997, standard for waste water from industrial units

or projects has been depicted in Table 3.5.


Sl.

No. Parameter Unit Places for determination of standards

Inland

Surface

Water

Public Sewerage system

connected to treatment at

second stage

Irrigated

Land

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Ammonical Nitrogen (as

elementary N) mg/L 50 75 75

2 Ammonia (as free ammonia) mg/L 5 5 15

3 Arsenic (as) mg/L 0.2 0.05 0.2

4 BOD5 at 20oC mg/L 50 250 100

5 Boron mg/L 2 2 2

6 Cadmium (as CD) mg/L 0.50 0.05 0.05

7 Chloride mg/L 600 600 600

8 Chromium (as total Cr) mg/L 0.5 1.0 1.0

9 COD mg/L 200 400 400

10 Chromium (as hexavalent

Cr) mg/L 0.1 1.0 1.0

11 Copper (as Cu) mg/L 0.5 3.0 3.0

12 Dissolved Oxygen (DO) mg/L 4.5 – 8 4.5 – 8 4.5 – 8

13 Electro-conductivity (EC) micro

mho/cm 1200 1200 1200

14 Total Dissolved Solids mg/L 2,100 2,100 2,100

15 Fluoride (as F) mg/L 2 15 10

16 Sulfide (as S) mg/L 1 2 2

17 Iran (as Fe) mg/L 2 2 2

19

18 Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen (as

N) mg/L 100 100 100

19 Lead (as Pb) mg/L 0.1 1.0 0.1

20 Manganese (as Mn) mg/L 5 5 5

21 Mercury (as Hg) mg/L 0.01 0.01 0.01

22 Nickel (as Ni) mg/L 1.0 2.0 1.0

23 Nitrate (as elementary N) mg/L 10.0 Not yet Fixed 10

24 Oil and Grease mg/L 10 20 10

25 Phenolic Compounds (as

C6H5OH) mg/L 1.0 5 1

26 Dissolved Phosphorus (as P) mg/L 8 8 15

27 Radioactive substance To be specified by Bangladesh Atomic Energy

Commission

28 pH - 6 – 9 6 – 9 6 – 9

29 Selenium (as Se) mg/L 0.05 0.05 0.05

30 Zinc (as Zn) Degree 5 10 10

31 Total Dissolved Solids mg/L 2,100 2,100 2,100

32 Temperature Centig rade 40 40

40-

Summer

45 45 45-

Winter

33 Suspended Solids (SS) mg/L 150 500 200

34 Cyanide (as Cn) mg/L 0.1 2.0 0.2

Notes:

(1) These standards shall be applicable to all industries or projects other than those specified

under the heading “Standards for sector wise industrial effluent or emission.”

(2) Compliance with these standards shall be ensured from the moment an industrial unit

starts trial production, and in other cases, from the moment a project starts operation.

(3) These standards shall be inviolable even in case of any sample collected instantly at any

point of time. These standards may be enforced in a more stringent manner if considered

necessary in view of the environmental conditions of a particular situation.

(4) Inland Surface Water means drains/ponds/tanks/water bodies/ ditches, canals, rivers,

springs and estuaries.

(5) Public sewerage system means treatment facilities of the first and second stage and also

the combined and complete treatment facilities.

(6) Irrigable land means such land area which is sufficiently irrigated by waste water taking

into consideration the quantity and quality of such water for cultivation of selected crops on

that land.

20

(7) Inland Surface Water Standards shall apply to any discharge to a public sewerage system

or to land if the discharge does not meet the requirements of the definitions in notes 5 and

6 above.

3.2.6 Sewage Discharge Quality

According to the Rule 12, Schedule-9, ECR 1997, standard for sewage discharge has been

depicted in Table 3.6.


Parameter Unit Standard Limit BOD mg/L 40

Nitrate mg/L 250

Phosphate mg/L 35

Suspended Solids (SS) mg/L 100

Temperature Degree Centigrade 30

Coliform number per 100 ml 1000

Notes:

(1) This limit shall be applicable to discharges into surface and inland waters bodies.

(2) Sewage shall be chlorinated before final discharge.

Codes and Standards The Section provides excerpts from key environmental documents for information and reference

only. The final environmental requirements shall be the most stringent of the limits indicated in all

applicable environmental standards to the Rupsha 800 MW CCPP Project, and as indicated below.

The Rupsha 800 MW CCPP Project shall comply with both the national environmental standards,

as well as, the standards established by the ADS Safeguard Policy (SPS, 2009) and World Bank.

For complete sets of the above referenced standards, refer to the following publications:

• The Environment Conservation Rules, 1997, Government of the People's Republic of

Bangladesh, Ministry of Environment and Forest, Date: August 1997

• ADB Safeguard Policy Statement, 2009.

• Thermal Power: Guidelines for New Plants; Effective July 1998, Pollution Prevention and

Abatement Handbook, The World Bank Group

• Pollution Prevention and Abatement Handbook, The World Bank Group, 1999.

• Performance Standards on Environmental and Social Sustainability, International Finance

Corporation/World Bank Group, 2012.

21

• Environmental, Health, and Safety (EHS) Guidelines General EHS Guidelines,

International Finance Corporation/World Bank Group, April 30, 2007.

The Contractor will be responsible for ensuring the design(s) complies with all the applicable

standards.

3.3 Project Compliance Status The daily Environmental inspection checklist is detailed in Attachment 3.

The EIA approval compliance status checklist is detailed in Attachment 4.

22

4.0 Chapter 4: Organisational Setup 4.1 Environmental Management Organization The Environmental Management Organization of the Contractor includes all personnel who

manage, perform and verify work affecting environmental matters. An HSSE (Occupational Health,

Safety, Security and Environment) department, headed by HSSE Manager, will be established at

the site. The HSSE Manager will report the Site Manager and the Project Owner. The HSSE

department includes Environmental Officers and supervisors reporting to the HSSE Manager. The

HSSE department will mobilize as the work progress to reach full mobilization at the peak of the

site activities. As per the progress of the project execution, numbers HSE engineers/ inspectors

will be increased with site activities and worker numbers. All subcontractors are also must following

the CEAP requirements.

23

EPC PROJECT MANAGEMENT

PROJECT MANAGER

DEPUTY PROJECT MANAGER

(COMMERCIAL)


(CONSTRUCTION)

PROJECT CHIEF ENGINEER

DESIGN ENGINEER

BUDGET ENGINEER HSSE MANAGER

SECURITY MANAGER

HSE SUPERVISOR

HSE ENGINEER

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

CONSULTANT &LAB

SUBCONTRACTOR (CONSTRUCTION)

SUBCONTRACTOR (COMMISSIONING)

SUBCONTRACTOR (OPERATION)

SUBCONTRACTOR (DESIGN & OEM)

SUBCONTRACTOR (HSE SERVICE)

SUBCONTRACTOR HSE TEAM





SUBCONTRACTOR PROJECT MANAGEMENT

PROJECT OWNER & OWNER’S ENGINEER

MANAGEMENT

HSSE OFFICER & EXPERTS

EPC HEAD OFFICE MANAGEMENT

HSSE OFFICER

Figure 4.1 Environmental Management Organization Chart

4.2 Roles and Responsibilities Project Owner

Ensuring all the applicable environmental requirements outlined in this CEAP is duly

implemented by the Contractor Liaising and updating of the Project’s environmental compliance to DOE Bangladesh Ensuring the committed budget for environmental protection are duly implemented by he

Contractor Project Manager

Responsible for developing, implementing and administering HSE Programs.

Responsible for staffing of project and to provide necessary funds and resources for HSE matters.

Chairing the HSE Committee Meeting. An environmental meeting shall be conducted at least once a month to include

representatives from Project Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Environmental Consultant

24

and Environmental Consultant from Owners’ Engineer (OE) (Local and/or International Experts)

Deputy Project Manager(Construction)/ Project Site Manager

Responsible for implementing of the Company’s HSE Policy

Plan and execute all works so as to comply with the stated objectives of the HSE Plan

Ensures that all levels of supervision are adequately qualified and have appropriate training

Be responsible for the safety of all work activities at site

Ensure that provision is made for suitable and sufficient equipment to enable the job to be done with minimum risk

Co-ordinates safety activities between clients and any other contractors who may be working in the same site

Ensure the HSE Manual, system, procedures and guidelines are provided so as to effectively

Reprimands any employee who fail to observe safety practices

Project Manager to chair HSE committee meeting (Alternate to Project Director) HSE Manager

Lead and drive a common and consistent risk based HSE culture throughout the project.

Develop and lead implementation of the HSE as required by the Contract and in line with corporate and legislative requirements in relation to project

Develop an integrated approach to HSE and Hazard & Effects Management across project and contractors

Reviewing HSE tender document/contract and ensuring all applicable environmental requirements are strictly complied with

Reviewing customer HSE documentation as required (Policies, Procedures, etc.) and perform Gap Analysis when required.

Identifying any client audit requirements and tentative schedules.

Verify the hazard assessment, environmental aspects and impact of activities, products and services identified by respective departments.

Ensuring all applicable environmental requirements are cascaded into subcontract documents Continuously monitor the compliance of subcontractors on environmental requirements and

providing measures to rectify the incompliance immediately

Project Engineer

Plan and execute all works so as to comply with the stated objectives of the HSE Plan

Ensure that provision is made for suitable and sufficient equipment to enable the job to be done with minimum risk

25

Co-ordinates safety activities between clients and any other contractors who may be working in the same site

To advice and work closely with the SHO and SSS on the safe use of tools, equipment and machineries

To advice and work closely with SHO and SSS in developing Safe Work Procedures on work activities

Safety and Health Engineer

Make safety inspection of job sites and take necessary immediate corrective action to eliminate unsafe acts and condition

Review accidents reports, determine the cause and recommend corrective action to the Project Manager

Provide appropriate safety material and information for use in conducting safety meeting

Conduct safety briefing

Assist in preparation and conducting of serious accident investigation

Implement training programs for recognition individuals employee’s safety efforts and their contribution towards improved safe work method

Responsible for the necessary safety equipment, including employee personal protective equipment

Report directly to the Project Manager and Project Director

Security Manager

To monitor and ensure all employees and individuals observe and abide overall Rules and Regulations whilst in the work site

To safeguard Project assets (employees and properties) from any misconduct and/or criminal activities

To maintain a professional code of ethics in line with the Project

To closely supervise subordinates and to ensure that all security tasks and functions are executed as per directives

To conduct preliminary action on any arising security risk situation and applies containment plan

To timely address any complaints/reports received and to update the immediate superior

To ensure all security system and hardware are functioning and to report any failure immediately

To treat all security matters in a highly confidential manner and shall not disclose any information

To response and execute all requirements of SEC Emergency Response Procedures

26

Environmental Engineer

Conducting daily site inspections and documenting any breach in compliance in non-compliance worksheets

Issuing the non-compliance worksheets to related party and demanding the corrective / preventive actions be carried out within a reasonable time based on the nature of the incompliance

To witness the environmental sampling works by the appointed Environmental Monitoring Consultant

Reviewing the Environmental Reports submitted by the Environmental Monitoring Consultant to ensure the sampling works are conducted in accordance to all established methodologies, standards and protocols;

Conducting regular training (daily toolbox talks and scheduled trainings) to all workers in the Project site pertaining to environmental (i.e. wastes handlings, erosion / sediment control, dust control, heavy equipment / vehicle emissions control, fuel spillage control etc.).

Responsible for & ensure all environmental issues of the project comply with local Regulations.

To attend monthly site meeting

To assist Project Manager any matters related to the environment issue

To ensure environmental compliance at construction site

To communicate and convey any environmental issue with project management team

Note: The daily environmental inspection checklist in Attachment 3 will be maintained daily log

and records kept for checking at site by OE’s Environmental Consultant during site visit.

Medical Team

Ensure medical provisions are full maintained as required

Manage the life or death emergency on the work site upon patient admission

Health education to patients, also observe and promote best site hygiene sanitation practice at the site location

Ensure that all teams have a First Aid Kit and stationed with full supply

Prepare a list of the most common diseases and ensure with local hospital, which ones may need treatment by a local specialized doctor

Keep record on patients admission and diseases.

Site Safety Supervisor

27

Organize site so that work is carries out in the required standard with minimum risk to workers, equipment and material

Reinforce the use of personal protective equipment

Plans and provide good housekeeping

Assure that equipment and tools are maintained in good condition

Ensure that verbal instruction is fully understood and check back to see that they are carried out as intended

Ensure that workers know how to apply first aid and proper care is taken to prevent all injuries

Participate in the conducting of supervisory investigation of all accidents

Attend safety meeting

Take immediate action to correct unsafe practice or conditions as discovered

To conduct the Tool Box Talk

Subcontractor Safety Supervisor

Instructing workers under his supervision in safe work practice and work methods at the time of work assignment

Supplying and enforcing the use or proper protective equipment and suitable tools for the job

Ensure that workers are properly instructed on safety precaution to be taken before they are allowed to start work

Correct unsafe act such as horseplay or taking of unnecessary risks

Attend safety meeting with his workers when required

Seeing that prompt first aid is administered to an injured person

Report immediately to the SSS or SHO any violations of safety and unsafe condition that he cannot immediately correct himself

Setting a good example to his men

Workers/Employees

All employees irrespective of their position, have to comply with their Company’s HSE Rules, Regulation and all Statutory Requirement

All Employees shall take reasonable care for health and safety of themselves and of others who may be affected by their action or omission

All employees shall comply with instruction given for their own health and safety

All employees shall use safety or protective equipment correctly and not render them inoperative

Report all hazards to their immediate Team Leader or Supervisor

Report all accident, injury or occupational illness which may arises while conducting their job

Refrains from horseplay and abuses of safety device, equipment and welfare facilities

28

Environmental Monitoring Consultant Conduct sampling and monitoring as prescribed in Table 6.1

QA / QC on the monitoring results from laboratory and advise for re-test or re-sampling in

case of detection of outlier results which does not commensurate with the site conditions

during sampling

Prepare monthly environmental monitoring report

Advise on the preventive / corrective actions necessary in the case on detection of breach

of environmental limits

Attend monthly environmental meeting by the Contractor.

Environmental Laboratory Analyse the samples in according to established standards and protocols

Advise the Environmental Consultant on sample handling, preservation and transport to

from the sampling site to the laboratory to prevent degradation of samples during transit

Environmental Consultant from Owner’s Engineers (Local & International) Ensure due implementation of the CEAP by the Contractor

Review the Environmental Monitoring Report prepared by the Environmental Monitoring

Consultant

Collating all related environmental reports and environmental monitoring reports on a half-

yearly basis and prepare the Semi-Annual Environmental Report to ADB

Advise the Project Owner on the potential breaches in contract if detected breaches in

environmental limits or practices are not rectified in a reasonable time frame;


4.3 Communication HSE Communication internally within the company, and with external interested parties (e.g.

Customers, authorities, contractors, visitors, community groups, etc.) is conducted in accordance

with any separate SEC Consultation & Communication procedure. The flow diagram for internal

and external HSE communications is shown in Figure 4.2.

29

Project Owner & Owner’s EngingeerPublics

Requirements

Reporting/Notifying

Government Auhorities

Issues

Response

EPC Contractor Project Management

Issues Response

Sub-contractor Project Management

Issues Response

Environmental Consultant(s)

Issues

Solution

Figure 4.2: Flow Diagram for Internal and External HSE Communications

Internal HSE Communication

Effective methods for internal communication of HSE matters include:

• Inductions;

• Notice boards;

• Hazard Report forms;

• Email;

• Intranet pages (global, regional, location);

• Training sessions;

• Lunch and Learn sessions;

• Alerts;

• Newsletters;

• Toolbox meetings;

• Pre-start meetings;

• HSE consultation arrangements;

• Issue resolution process; and

• Knowledge database(s).

HSE Issue Resolution Formalized processes described in HSE Issue Resolution procedure, shall be adopted for

documenting and resolving HSE issues raised by workers.

HSE issues are reported to the immediate supervisor and documented by the originator on the

Hazard Report Form. This form may also be used for non-hazard related issues e.g.

communication concerns, grievances, opportunities for improvement, etc.

Where the reported issue is a hazard of significance, the work process is stopped where required

and does not recommence until safe to do so.

30

HSE issues are resolved in consultation with workers and other interested parties. If an issue

remains unresolved it is referred to the HSE Committee (where applicable) or Project/Site/Office

Manager who attempts to resolve the issue in consultation with the initiating worker.

If the HSE Committee or Project/Site/Office Manager is unable to resolve the issue, it may be

referred to the relevant statutory authority.

Feedback is provided to the initiating worker and resolved issues are closed out on the Hazard

Report Form.

Toolbox Meetings Onsite HSE toolbox meetings (or talks) are held on a monthly basis or as determined and recorded

in the HSE Plan. The frequency of toolbox meetings should take into consideration the frequency

of other HSE communications and awareness sessions delivered at the workplace, along with the

content covered at daily pre-start meetings. Details from the meeting and attendance are recorded

using the Toolbox Meeting Form.

The agenda for HSE toolbox meetings includes:

• Status of items from previous meetings;

• HSE awareness topics (e.g. presentations and guest speakers);

• Customer safety items;

• Results of workplace inspections and audits;

• HSE Committee feedback (where applicable);

• Incidents and near misses;

• Hazard reports;

• Environmental concerns;

• Progress of work on site;

• Proposed changes to workplace, processes, equipment, etc.;

• Worker feedback/concerns and continuous improvement items; and

• Other items, comments on topics and further information required.

Toolbox meetings may be held in conjunction with daily pre-start meetings, but at least once per

month, are required to address the toolbox meeting agenda items and shall be recorded on the

Record of Toolbox Meeting form.

Members of senior management participate in Toolbox meetings when visiting site.

Meeting minutes are distributed to interested parties and records filed and maintained.

Pre-start Meetings Pre-start meetings shall be conducted at the project site on a daily basis (before commencement

of the daily activities). The Pre-Start Brief shall typically include:

• Progress of work on site and any proposed changes, noting any outcomes or actions of

incidents, near misses or hazards reported from previous day;

• The work to be conducted for the day;

31

• SWMS’s and permits in place for the day noting specific hazards and risks associated with

the work to be conducted on that shift.

• Nominated first aiders for the shift;

• Protection arrangements (if any);

• Specific PPE requirements for work associated with that shift; and

• Emergency procedures.

Pre-start meetings shall be recorded using Pre-start Meeting Form.

Leadership Site Visits Senior management participate in regular Leadership Site Visits. The purpose of the visits is to

demonstrate HSE leadership and commitment by communicating with workers on HSE issues and

participating in a workplace HSE activity (e.g. Toolbox meeting, HSE committee meeting, personal

hazard identification, workplace inspection, pre-start meeting, etc.).

Project/Site HSE Meetings The Project/Site Manager schedules and conducts internal HSE meetings at least once a week.

These meetings may involve contractors, specific engineering discipline representatives and/or

the HSE Manager/Advisor as appropriate.

Where a Principal Contractor has been contracted to carry out ‘high risk’ construction work, PC

shall ensure that notification of high risk activities is communicated to the SEC HSE representative

prior to the work being carried out (e.g. critical lifts, non-destructive testing, commissioning etc.)

As a minimum there should always be a task specific pre-task toolbox involving all persons involved

in the task before 'high risk' construction work is undertaken that reviews all hazards, associated

risks, required controls and the SWMS/JSA for that specific work.

The Principal Contractor shall determine by risk assessment an appropriate frequency for refresher

training including for project site and task specific inductions

Customer/Joint Venture/Alliance HSE Meetings HSE review meetings are scheduled as necessary with customers, joint venture partners or

alliance members to ensure compliance with the requirements of the site/HSE Plan and

arrangements. These meetings are conducted between nominated representatives as appropriate

at least once a month.

A communication plan has been prepared and presented in Table 4.1 while carrying out the

communication plan modifications of process and planning may be done as per the Project’s

requirement.

Table 4.1 Communication Plan Stakeholder Information/Message Communication Means Timing/

Frequency Responsibility

PAPs

Project awareness

(general project

information, etc.)

Consultations Regular basis Project Authority

32

Stakeholder Information/Message Communication Means Timing/ Frequency

Responsibility

Employment

opportunities

Government procedure:

for new recruitment at AE

position informed public

by TV, radio, newspaper

(English / Bangla); for

others, NWPGCL

internal system.

4 weeks before

recruitment/job

opening

PIU, NWPGCL

Grievance redress to

be continued

throughout project

implementation period

Consultations,

Application, Register Office time

Local

Administration and

Project Authority

General

population

(Local)

Job, opportunities,

CSR

Poster, local daily

newspaper, consultation

3 to 4 weeks

before recruitment PMU, NWPGCL

Fire Service Incidents of disasters Telephone, cell phone

Immediately when

any incident is

detected

PMU, NWPGCL

Police Station Incidents of disasters

and security issues Telephone, cell phone

Immediately

when any incident

is detected

PMU, NWPGCL

4.4 Consultation Appropriate consultation arrangements for HSE matters are established, agreed, documented and

communicated for each SEC project. HSE consultation arrangements include:

• Consultation relating to local governing legislation;

• Formal consultation arrangements with customers, local authorities or the general public;

• Establish HSE committee where agreed or required by legislation;

• Process for resolving HSE issues in the workplace;

• Communication including displaying consultation information;

• Other methods of consultation (e.g. workplace inspections, risk assessments, incident

investigations, day-to-day discussion, etc.); and

• Review of consultation arrangements (periodic or ad hoc).

Stakeholder Engagement Team In the event that the consultation arrangements affect or include outside parties, such as customers,

local authorities or the general public, the consultation procedure shall be reviewed by a location

Stakeholder Engagement Team before it is put into use. The project management team shall

organize the negotiation meeting with the stakeholders at the beginning of the project and maintain

33

the regular communication with the stakeholders at least once every 6 months to avoid any

complaint from them.

4.5 Competency and Training All personnel involved with the Project shall possess the required Certificates of Competency

relevant to the tasks they shall be assigned for the country or region in which the Project is based.

Competency and Training procedural guidance is covered in Section 3 of the HSE Manual noting

in particular the following requirements:

HSE training is designed, developed, delivered and validated taking into account competency requirements, levels of risk and the nature of the position.

A Project Training Coordinator shall be assigned to administer competency certification and coordinate the various training activities required for the Project

HSE competency and training requirements form part of the Project Competency and Training

Matrix referenced in the Project Execution Plan.

The construction of Power Plant involves many risky and hazardous activities such as working at

height, working in confine space, lifting heavy parts and also working in deep excavation pit. All

workers involve need to be trained and few of them need to attend special training.

This project also involves foreign workers mostly from China who are skilled and experienced in

their fields. There will be a change in knowledge, technique, technology and also working culture

between the foreign and local workers.

SEC will ensure all foreign workers having a valid work permit and follow the Bangladesh Labour

Act 2006 throughout the project.

The programme addressed the importance of safe and healthy working conditions where incidents

which may lead to injury and fatality can be avoided and risks minimized. No worker should be

allowed to perform any activity without proper training or at least being brief of the basic safety and

the potential risks they are facing on their daily job.

Some of the training requires participation of selected people which in turn would be assigned to

handle specific tasks and some training will involve everyone.

Listed is the training:

Course Frequency Course Leader Participant

Safety Induction As and when new

personnel arrived HSE Manager New/All Workers

Safety Refreshment

Training As and when is required HSE Manager All Workers

Safety Briefing/ Training When Required/Work

Stages HSE Manager All Workers

34

First Aid Every 6 months Medical Team Key Personnel

Fire Fighting Every 6 months HSE Manager Key Personnel

Working at Height New batch of workers or

every 6 months refresher HSE Manager Linesman

Confined Space New batch of workers or

every 6 months refresher HSE Manager

Workers working in

confined space

Emergency Response

Plan (ERP)

New batch of workers or

every 6 months refresher HSE Manager

Key Personnel/

Subcontractor

Scaffolding New batch of workers or

every 6 months refresher HSE Manager Scaffold Erector

Liquid Fuel / Chemical

Handling and Spillage

Control


every 6 months refresher

Environmental

Consultant All new workers

Solid Wastes

Management



Environmental


Hazardous Wastes

Management



Environmental


Dust Control New batch of workers or


Environmental


Heavy Vehicle /

Equipment Emissions

Control



Environmental


Stormwater Management

(Erosion and

Sedimentation Control)



Environmental


35

5.0 Chapter 5: Impacts Identification & Mitigation

Measures The identified environmental impacts and proposed mitigation measures had been presented in

Table 9.4 of the EIA report. Additionally, 19 Environmental Code of Practices (ECP) were also

presented in Annex 9 of the EIA report. This CEAP will draw on both Table 9.4 and the ECPs, and

detailed out further the additional impacts and mitigation measures that are not assessed earlier

in the EIA phase due to lack of information on the construction method statements.

5.1 Mitigation Plan The mitigation plan presented in Table 5.1 includes various actions, defines responsibilities for

implementation as well as supervision of each action, and also indicates the timing of these actions.

After this assessment stage, if there are any changes to the Project design or methods of

construction and operation, the impacts and mitigation measures discussed may need to be

revised. To address the changes, the environmental and social implications will require re-

addressing.

Table 5.1 Mitigation Plan

VECs/Issues Environmental Impacts Mitigation Measures Institutional Responsibilities

Implementation Supervision PRE-CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION PHASE Pre-construction requirements

• Baseline air, noise and water quality surveys during pre-construction per Table 9.6 to be undertaken at least one month prior to commencement of any works including demolition to provide a comparator for monitoring results

• Detailed design to ensure structural engineering design of the power plants meets the applicable seismic design standards for its location Include for demolition and construction:

• If potential archaeological remains are found immediately cease activities and consult archaeological department.

• Bid documents will include a copy of the EIA/EMP and specify regulatory requirements, permits/ standards/ codes by which the demolition and EPC Contractors will be required to comply.

• Update EIA based on detailed design and submit to ADB for clearance prior to the commencement of any works.

• Health impact assessment should be completed and included in the update of EIA based on detailed design.

Demolition contractor EPC Contractor PMU

NWPGCL

36


Implementation Supervision • Obtain national environmental

clearances and other required permits before the commencement of any works.

• Ensure compliance with all national regulations including per Table 2.1 of EIA.

• Prior to l works, PMU will have an orientation briefing for EPC Contractor and their workers about the environmental requirements by the DoE and ADB that need to be complied with, their roles and responsibility for compliance, record keeping and reporting, awareness on socially transmitted disease like HIV/AIDS to avoid the potential occurrence of this diseases in the construction site etc.

• The demolition contractor and EPC Contractor will be required to prepare a Demolition/Construction Environmental Action Plan including an emergency response plan covering the requirements of the environmental management plan (EMP) and the ECPs as well as the EHS Guidelines on Construction and Demolition for clearance by NWPGCL before the commencement of works.

• The demolitation contractor and EPC Contractor will be required to undertake a H&S risk assessment to identify how risks can be minimised and prepare a Demolition/Construction Health and Safety Plan including an emergency response plan and covering the requirements of the environmental management plan (EMP) and the ECPs as well as the EHS Guidelines on Occupational and Community Health and Safety for clearance by NWPGCL before the commencement of works.

• Detailed design will be based on dry low NOx burner with wet injection of 100m3/s for HSD use in order to achieve guaranteed 10ppm or less NOx emission at the conditions stated in IFC EHS Guidelines on Thermal Power, PM emissions for HSD will meet emission standards of 30mg/m3 for DA (as per the IFC EHS Guidelines on Thermal Power).

• Detailed design will include minimum 50 m high bypass stack and minimum 70 m high steam turbine stack.

37


Implementation Supervision • Air quality assessment

(modelling) will be rerun to confirm maximum GLC are a fraction of the short term (<10%) and annual (<1%) ECR, 2005 standard for NOx, in both the open and combined cycle mode.

• Space will be retained to retrofit catalytic reduction if needed in future.

• Power plant to be designed to ensure that all noise generating equipment is housed in soundproof building and that exhaust silencers, low-noise type of fans and cylindrical hood at the air exit of fans are incorporated to result in a noise level of no more than 70dBA at 1m.

• Detailed design to specify design and location of permanent noise barrier to be installed on the site boundary during construction phase to protect all sensitive locations on the west and south, mosque area from noise levels that exceed national and IFC EHS Guidelines.

• Noise assessment (modelling) of the detailed design will be undertaken and included in updated EIA to demonstrate that limits of 70dBA at the boundary and 55dBA day and 45dBA night at receptors can be met including during start up and shut down.

• Intake to be designed to meet the requirements of the IFC EHS Guideilnes for Thermal Power including a velocity of <0.5ft/s, barrier nets and fine mesh screen to prevent entrapment/entrainment of fish and dolphin (if present). Install a steel gate (size of bars <20cm) to prevent dolphin entering the channel. Use of angled screens with louvers or inclined screen or strobe lights or air bubble curtain will also be considered for diverting or repulsing the aquatic organisms from the intake.

• Detailed design will be subject to HAZOP assessment, measures to minimise fire/explosion risk as set out in the EIA will be adopted, and the power plant will be equipped with fire-fighting systems and alarms.

Ambient air A1. Dust and gases generated from

The emitted dust (SPM, RPM) from the demolishing areas will disperse to the

• Fencing, hoarding the demolition site before beginning of demolition works.

• Avoid the demolition works at the evening especially during winter

Demolition Contractor

OE/ESHSU

38


Implementation Supervision demolition works and transportation of the debris and dragging of cutting trees

ambient environment. The respirable particulate matters may be inhaled by the human being causes respiratory problem. Moreover, the fugitive dust will fall over the leaves of the vegetation near to the project site.

• Watering of the possible sources of fugitive emission especially during winter.

• Regular water spraying on the adjacent vegetation, roads and unpaved ground especially during winter.Dust impact and compliance monitoring should be done as per the EMoP at the sensitive location.

• Provide appropriate PPE to protect workers against dust, including respiratory masks, aside from the use of PPE, orientation/awareness on their use will improve workers health.

• Grievance redress mechanisms should be established and initiate free health checkup for the workers as well as the PAPs as CSR activities of the project.

Ambient noise B1. Noise level Noise will be generated during demolishing of the leftover buildings especially though manual process

Noise will be generated the use of hand tools such as jackhammers, sledge hammers and picks etc. Generation of impulse noise will harm to the people especially for the sick and sleeping one. Uneven noise will affect the behavioral of the nocturnal animals.

• Ear protection PPE will be provided to workers exposed to high noise levels and workers will be rotatedto limit exposure based on the exposure levels set out in the EHS Guideilnes on Occupational Health and Safety.

• The procedure of demolition will be conducted as per the demolition manual72 prepared by the EPC

• The machines/ equipment’s/ vehicles should be turned off when not in use.

• Specify that all sound-reducing devices and restrictions be properly maintained throughout the demolition period.

• Limit the hours of demolition to between 7am and 6pm, Sunday through Thursday

• Temporary or portable noise panels to contain noise from powered tools shall be used.

• Use rubber-tired equipment rather than track equipment

• Keep loading and staging areas on site within the perimeter protected by the recommended temporary noise barrier and away from the noise-sensitive sides off site.

• Stop the demolition work during prayer time, weekend and night time (6pm-7am).

• Noise impact and compliance monitoring should be done as per the EMoP at the sensitive location especially at the Mosque and proposed school areas.

• Use of appropriate PPE, awareness, motivation works will improve the workers’ heath.

Demolition Contractor

OE/EHSU

39


Implementation Supervision • Properties within 50m of the site

boundary or which and other identified properties at risk of vibration damaage will be subject to structural survey prior to commencement of demolition and other works (to provide a baseline in case of damage claim due to vibration).

• For buildings identified at risk of vibration damage crack and vibration monitors will be installed and checked daily to check for any damage during blasting, piling or similar, if dany damage is identified it will be immediately repaired at the expense of the contractor.


Socio- economic condition C1. Disturbance for school students and present dwellers

The students, teachers, guardians may face difficulties during the transition period They also may be affected due to the noise pollution, dust etc.

• In restoring the mosque and 3 storey guest house ensure no asbestos or other hazardous materials are used in construction, seismic, fire and safety design as per national guidelines and good international practice set out in EHS Guidelines on Community H&S, and adequate sanitation and clean drinking water supplied, etc.

• EPC Contractor to submit detailed restoration plan for clearance by NWPGCL and the Imam.

• EPC Contractor to appoint suitably qualified archaeologist to oversee restoration of the mass graveyard, including completion of drawings and photographic before and after record. Before record to be submitted to NPWGCL for approval before any restoration can commence.

• In finalizing new school site ensure it is not located within 500m of CCPP, no asbestos or other hazardous materials are used in construction, seismic, fire and safety design as per national guidelines and good international practice set out in EHS Guidelines on Community H&S, and adequate sanitation and clean drinking water supplied, etc.

• The project activities including all demolition and construction works should be initiated after the completion of new school building

Contractor/EPC Contractor/NWPG CL

NWPGCL

40


Implementation Supervision • Constructing noise barrier. The

noise barrier is to be properly designed acoustic wall. (The school will be relocated and far from the power plant construction. Constructing noise barrier refers to enclosures generally installed during construction to contain dust and minimize noise, and safety risks.)

C2. Employment Opportunity

Many local people may be occupied in the land preparation activities as clearing trees and bushes, demolishing the buildings, disposal of solid waste, relocation of school building, renovation of mosque and graveyard development and non- technical activities Temporary workers in the project area may become workless

• No worker under 18 years old will be recruited by the demolition or EPC Contractor for the duration of works.

• Engagement of local people in the project activities or alternative occupation should be ensured.

• Keeping provision for the rehabilitation of the workers those who are working in the project area temporarily.

Contractor/NWPG CL

NWPGCL

C3. Health safety

Noise of demolition activities may cause harms to the people of project area Accident for transportation of dispose materials Unsafe and unhygienic labour shades may create a very hazardous health problem Occupational health safety may be disturbed, and sexually transmitted diseases may arise in the locality due to the flow of outsiders

• Before demolition, suitably qualified surveyors will assess the site thoroughly to confirm no asbestos is present is any of the structures that will be demolished.

• Before demolition, a contaminated land risk assessment followed by site investigations (with contaminant testing suite appropriate to former use as paper mill) will be undertaken to confirm no contaminated land is present.

• If asbestos or comtaminated land identified develop appropriate remedial plan following international good practice guidance for approval by NWPGCL and ADB before any demolition or other works take place.

• Removal and disposal of any asbestos in buildings should be performed only by specially trained personnel in accordance with agreed remedial plan.

• A site demolition plan outlining procedures and guide for safe demolition following the requirements of the Bangladesh

Contractor NWPGCL

41


Implementation Supervision National Building Code, regulations of the Khulna City Corporation, Khulna Development Authority and the EHS Guidelines on Contstruction and Demolition will be prepared by the demolition contractor for approval by NWPGCL before any demolition works takes place

• Buildings will be demolished by appropriate contractor in accordance with good international practice (EHS Guidelines on construction and demolition) aswell as national requirement.

• Location of labor camps to be approved by NWPGCL and ADB. Locate 500m from residential properties and at least 100m from waterbodies or groundwater wells. Adequate facilities should be provided for workers in accordance with national requirements and http://www.ebrd.com/downloads/about/sustainability/Workers_accomo dation.pdf

• Make mandatory the use of safety gears (helmets, safety belts, masks, gloves and boot) by workers depending on nature of work.

• Necessary planning and safety approach will be made for rescue during emergency.

• Use of dust controls (exhaust ventilation) to keep dust below

• Workers will be provided with first aid and health facilities at the site.

• There will be provision for group accidental insurance for the workers.

• Child labour (including the employment of those under 18 years of age) is strictly prohibited in all the activities executed by the contractors.

• There should have facility to deal with medical aspects of HIV/AIDS treatment with specialized services.

• Waste management plan will be developed by the Contractor for NWPGCL approval before any works. Solid and hazardous wastes generated will be stored in accordance with national regulations and the EHS Guildelines on Waste Management and disposed of by suitably licensed contractor (transfer notes to be retained) to

42


Implementation Supervision suitably designed and licensed treatment or disposal waste facility following the relevant requirements of the DoE. Burning of waste and on-site disposal are not permitted.

Water bodies D1. Flooding

Regular flooding on the project land

• Provision of optimum land elevation of 5.5m considering HFL and freeboard.

• Fill materials must only be sourced from demolition works or GoB approved providers of sand, no new sources should be opened for the project

• Provision of additional protection works to avoid the loose soil being washed away due to runoff access and extreme flood.

• Additional riverbank protection measures of more 500m upstream and downstream portion, except project eastern boundary.

• Provision of adequate internal drainage system to drain out the storm water.

• Groundwater will not be used for drinking water or power plant requirements.

• Domestic water requirements will be supplied by the Khulna Water Supply and Sewerage Authority and be regularly tested to confirm it meets the national drinking water standards.

NWPGCL EHSU officers

Biological Environment E1. Life lost and relocation of wildlife

During this clearing and demolition process, some of the common lizards, frogs may be affected.

• The existing structures should be demolished one after another cautiously after properly supervised by an ecologist (having plant and wildlife management experience) to avoid damage of any animal and also any old tree outside of the proposed layout plant of the power plant. In addition, appropriate building demolition including clearing of vegetation guidelines to be adopted for sustainable management of environmental quality of life and growth. Much time should be given for safe departure of the visiting animals during demolition activities following Wildlife Act (2012) and also IFC guidelines.

• With vegetation clearing, excavation and earthmoving works, the EPC Contractor will be required to follow the "chance find" procedures including a fauna rescue and handling procedures.

• Detailed design of intake channel, jetty and river bank works and

Contractor (with their Expert as required)

NWPGCL (Environment Cell)

43


Implementation Supervision construction method statements setting out measures to minimise pollution and disturbance of dolphin, fisheries and navigation to be submitted by contractor for NWPGCL and ADB clearance prior to commencement of any works, detailed design to use case in-situ pile and minimize dredging reuirement, intake channel to meet requirements of EHS Guidelines for Thermal Power. Contractor to undertake assessment of underwater noise to demonstrate that with mitigation criterion considered as injury threshold (applicable to turtles and cetaceans) of peak sound pressure level (SPLpeak) of 224 decibel reference 1 micro pascal (dB re 1 μPa); sound exposure level (SEL) of 198 decibel reference 1 micro square pascal second (dB re 1 μPa2 s); and threshold for behavioural changes the SEL of 183 dB re 1 μPa2 s will not be exceeded.

• EPC shall develop a plan for transportation of materials during construction period and quantify the possible size and number of vessels and movement including loading unloading time for clearance by NWPGCL and ADB prior to commencement of any works. Contractor to include assessment of underwater noise from boat traffic to demonstrate that with mitigation criterion considered as injury threshold (applicable to turtles and cetaceans) of peak sound pressure level (SPLpeak) of 224 decibel reference 1 micro pascal (dB re 1 μPa); sound exposure level (SEL) of 198 decibel reference 1 micro square pascal second (dB re 1 μPa2 s); and threshold for behavioural changes the SEL of 183 dB re 1 μPa2 s will not be exceeded.

E2. Dust and sound pollution on vegetation and wildlife

During demolition of buildings, it is expected to create sound pollution and dust which may affect surroundings vegetation, sensitive areas and wildlife.

• Control moisture content during construction by watering. Stabilize road surface with a suitable stabilizer. Create proper noise barrier and enclose for each building demolition to meet Noise pollution control Rules (2006) of GoB and also IFC guidelines as appropriate.



E3. Chop down of terrestrial vegetation

Chop down of terrestrial vegetation has been planned

• The Mosque, graveyard and part of the Khulna paper mill area currently outside the proposed power plant layout plan may be



44


Implementation Supervision (trees, herbs and shrubs) to initiate land development process which will reduce carbon sequestration of about 6880.480046 for 30 acres of land cover and will ultimately impact biological process and food chain as well

conserved for vegetation resources and religious activities. In addition, a significant portion of the proposed power plant area is suggested to develop as green belt which will ultimately makeup loss of carbon dioxide sequestration due to clearing of existing vegetation at the proposed plant area and also to promote conservation of visiting animals of the project study area and also beyond that area. The cleared undergrowth plants can be converted to compost for application as a soil conditioner.

• Loss of 1,777 trees will be compensated for by planting on at least 1:1 basis, if sufficient space is not available within the project site off-site planting will be undertaken

E4. Habitat loss, life lost and relocation of mammals, birds and other wildlife

Removal of enormous terrestrial vegetation (trees, shrubs, herbs) may cause damage of habitat of some mammals, reptiles etc., which may create pressure on other species. The land development activities would impact to other micro wildlife, invertebrates also at the project area.

• The existing Mosque, graveyard and part of the Khulna paper mill area is outside of the proposed project area which is covered with large number of plants and some visitor animals. Therefore, this area will also be used as resting place of local visiting animals. In addition, a significant portion of the proposed power plant area is suggested to be developed as green belt which will ultimately makeup loss of carbon dioxide sequestration due to clearing of existing vegetation at the proposed plant area and also promote conservation of visiting animals of the project study area and also beyond the study area. This new development of green belt will help in the conservation of large number of visiting animals and also roosting and nesting place of large number of birds as well throughout the seasons of the year. During the clearing of vegetation, the existing common wildlife should be allowed to go away under the supervision of an Ecologist through applying popper method (as per Wildlife act-2012, IFC guidelines and international best practices).



E5. Riverine, dolphin habitat and benthic community

The existing Bhairab river habitat may be impacted due to discharge of oil spill and created under water noise during transportation of

• All the vessels must follow the inland river transportation regulation for movement. For any discharging from the project site and vessels, GoB and IFC guidelines which ever is stringent to be followed.

• An ecologist will be appointed by



45


Implementation Supervision ship along the river for carrying of construction and demolished materials, machineries to the project site.

NWPGCL. During the clearing of vegetation, the existing common wildlife should be allowed to go away under the supervision of an Ecologist through applying popper method (as per Wildlife act-2012, IFC guidelines and international best practices). They will surveythe project site prior to clearance and will have the authority to halt the removal of vegetion if species need to be rescued or nesting birds are present.

CONSTRUCTION PHASE • EHS Guidelines on Construction

and Demolition and Occupational Health and Safety to be followed during construction.

Ambient air F1. Dust and gases generated from construction works and transportation of the materials and equipment

The emitted dust (SPM, RPM) from the construction areas will disperse to the ambient environment. The repairable particulate matters may be inhaled by the human being causes respiratory problem. Moreover, the fugitive dust will fall over the leaves of the vegetation near to the project site.

• Fencing, hoarding the construction site before the construction works.

• Avoid civil and road construction works at the evening especially during winter or watering to the possible sources of fugitive emission.

• Regular water spraying on the adjacent vegetation, roads and unpaved ground especially during winter.

• Use of canopy, bounding fence need to be protected.

• Impact and compliance monitoring should be done as per the recommended guideline at the sensitive location.

• Use of appropriate PPE, awareness, motivation works will improve the workers’ health.

• GRM should be established and initiate free health checkup for the workers as well as the PAPs as CSR activities of the project.

Contractor OE/ESHSU

Ambient noise G1. Noise level

Noise will be generated from the moving and idling vehicles, welding operation, and heavy machineries.

• The machines/equipment/vehicles should be turned off when not in use.

• Using of appropriate PPEs (Ear Plug for Noise) during construction work.

• Temporary or portable noise panels to contain noise from powered tools shall be used.

• Use rubber-tired equipment rather than track equipment.

• Keep loading and staging areas on site within the perimeter protected by the recommended temporary noise barrier and at least 50 m away from the noise-sensitive properties offsite.

• Stop the construction work during prayer time and night time (6pm-7am).

Contractor OE/ESHSU

46


Implementation Supervision • Blasting, pile driving and noisy

works in proximity to the receptors on the southern boundary e.g. on the RMS station, buildings and works shops, water treatment chemical plants, etc. will not be permitted at the weekend. Noise impact and compliance monitoring should be done as per the EMoP at the sensitive location especially at the Mosque and proposed school areas.

• Noise level at the boundary of the construction site will be monitored to ensure compliance to the Noise Pollution Control Rules 2006 and IFC-WB EHS General Guidelines 2007 (70dBA at the site boundary).

• Vibration level at the boundary will be monitored to ensure it is less than 0.12in/sec (approximately 95VdB)


Water bodies H1. Groundwater salinity

Workers and other professional will face difficulty to drink and use of groundwater. Level of salinity will increase due to low infiltration at ground water table.

• Provision of fresh water supply into the project area.

• Provision of fresh ground and rain water reservoir.

• Provision of storage of rain water enhancing groundwater infiltration.

• Provision of generated rainwater runoff drainage facility from the project inside.

• Installation of oil/water separators to treat surface run-off prior to discharge to the storm water system.

NWPGCL, &Contractor

EHSU officers

H2. Erosion-Accretion

Regular erosion at both bank of Bhairab River. High flood water may erode the east boundary of project during the construction. Loading and unloading of machineries and equipment’s from waterway, may create additional damage of river bank. Damages due to anchoring, unloading goods and materials and other natural disasters.

• Provision of plantation and another strong riverbank protection works.

• Provision of monitoring for levee and other protection measures continued up to the operational designed period.

• No storage of stockpiles of earth/spoil within 100m of the river bank

• Protection of stockpiles by plastic sheeting to ensure that they are suitably secured against the wind;

• Provision of channels, earth bunds or sand bag barriers to direct storm water to silt removal facilities;

• Appropriate surface drainage will be designed and provided where necessary;

• Drainage systems, erosion control and silt removal facilities will be

NWPGCL, BWDB and Contractor

Planning and Design division and EHSU officers

47


Implementation Supervision regularly inspected and maintained to ensure proper and efficient operation at all times and particularly following rainstorms. Deposited silt and grit will be removed regularly

• Any temporarily diverted drainage will be reinstated to its original condition when the construction work has finished or when the temporary diversion is no longer required;

• Oil interceptors will be provided in the drainage system where necessary and regularly emptied to prevent the release of oil and grease into the storm water drainage system after accidental spillages; and

• Temporary and permanent drainage pipes and culverts will be provided to facilitate runoff discharge. These will be designed for the controlled release of storm flows.

Biological Environment I1. Riverine, dolphin habitat and benthic community

Construction of jetty in order to anchor ship and cargos to the Bhairab River may temporarily disturb dolphins’ movement and benthic community. The riverine water quality may be deteriorated due to disposal of waste water and oil spill from the ship during transportation of machinery, materials etc.

• Dolphin watchers will be employed on all construction boat transports, as well as adequate pollution prevention measures (including on board pollution prevention equipment, emergency response plan, and up to date service records) with reference to EHS Guidelines on shipping adopted. Dolphin watchers will have the authority to direct vessels when dolphins are seen. Vessels that do not have up to date service records and adequate pollution prevention measures must not be used.

• Boats used for material transport will be inspected and audited by NWPGCL. Each barge will be inspected at least once in every 6 months. If any non-compliance with respect to the GOB regulations is observed, the project must terminate the services of the boat transporter unless corrective action is immediately undertaken to address it.

• Continuous dolphin surveys by qualified NGO.

• All the vessels must follow the standard of Inland river transport regulation. In addition, for transportation of maintenance equipment from abroad, IMO, MARPOL shall be followed.

• All kinds of discharges from the construction site shall meet regulatory requirements of GoB



48


Implementation Supervision and IFC guidelines whichever is stringent and appropriate.

• Any kinds of alien species must be quarantined before transshipments from abroad for carrying maintenance equipment for the power plant. No river works permitted during seasons like spawning and egg development periods, ideally undertaken during winter (dry) season when there are fewer dolphins present in the study area

• It will be ensured that barges /workboats have slop tanks for collection of liquid / solid waste generated on board. Discharge of wastes into the river will be prohibited.

• Spill control measures will be adopted while fueling piling equipment, barges, workboats, etc.

• Jetty construction activities should be confined within limited area of the jetty construction site and excavated soil will be utilized for filling of project site avoiding turbidity in the water. All the vessels must follow the Inland water transport regulations of GoB as applicable (details in Chapter-2). However, during transportation of machineries from abroad to the port, IMO and MARPOL will be followed. Construction discharges from the project site and from the vessels or construction equipment during construction period, GoB and IFC guidelines whichever is stringent will be followed.

• A greenbelt will be retained of existing well-established vegetation, so the habitat for fauna remains.

• Watching brief for presence of dolphin will be undertaken during river works, if any dolphins are sighted within about 500m of the works then the ecologist will have the authority to request works to cease until the dolphins have left the area

• In order to reduce underwater noise levels, underwater air bubble curtains, or similar will be used to reduce noise levels to below those that could adversely impact on dolphin during construction stages (the criterion considered as injury threshold (applicable to turtles and cetaceans) is peak sound pressure level (SPLpeak) of 224

49


Implementation Supervision decibel reference 1 micro pascal (dB re 1 μPa); sound exposure level (SEL) of 198 decibel reference 1 micro square pascal second (dB re 1 μPa2 s); and threshold for behavioural changes the SEL of 183 dB re 1 μPa2 s.)

• A greenbelt of at least 3.5 m width consisting of two rows plantation with gradual increase of height of plant will be developed within the project site after construction phase.

• Greenery will be planned, designed, and maintained as required by BPDB.

Occupational Health and Safety J1. Health and safety hazard

Injuries leading to casualty, or death may be caused during transportation of machinery and equipment, from the ship to site, and their installation/erection, lifting heavy materials, working at heights, etc.

• Proper health and safety training on hazard identification and how to handle hazardous equipments must be provided to the workers before starting any construction activities.

• The health and safety staff of contractor must ensure that the equipments and safety harness are working properly before the workers start their work. In identification of a faulty equipment, they must be promptly replaced.

• An on-site medical team should be set up and emergency first-aid kit should be at hand in case of any accidental injuries (burns, cuts, broken bones etc.).

• The workers should use the appropriate PPEs.

• Ensure workers hygiene and health status. Conduct monthly health check up to monitor their health condition and provide appropriate treatment for any ailments.

• Adequate sanitary facilities, i.e. toilets and showers, will be provided for the construction workforce;

Contractor EHSU

J2. Fire hazards from welding

Welding operations during laying of pipeline may cause fire accidents if proper care is not taken

• All arc welding and cutting operations shall be shielded by noncombustible or flameproof screens which will protect welders and other persons working in the vicinity from the direct rays of the arc.

• In addition, the welders should use (i) hand shields to protect against flashes and radiant energy, (ii) see his skin is covered completely to prevent burns and other damage by ultraviolet rays, (iii) Welding helmets shall be free of leaks and openings, and free of highly reflective surface, and (iv) welding trucks shall be equipped with

Contractor OE/EHSU

50


Implementation Supervision approved fire extinguishers and first aid.

Solid Waste Disposal K1. Storage space and visual effect

Poor aesthetic view due to the storage and disposal of old and used equipment and materials. Moreover, spillage and leakage from improper storage can result in contamination in soil.

• Rubbles generated from the construction site should be stored in appropriate bins/skips, well covered in accordance with national regulations and the EHS Guidelines on Waste Management.

• All solid wastes, hazardous and non-hazardous, should be stored in designated sites prior to final disposal in accordance with national regulations and the EHS Guidelines on Waste Management.

• Segregate hazardous and nonhazardous waste and provide appropriate containers for the waste types generated (e.g. enclosed bins for putrescible materials to avoid attracting pests and vermin and to minimise odour nuisance);

• Store wastes in closed containers or areas away from direct sunlight, wind and rain.

• Food waste, liquid and hazardous materials and waste must be stored in impermeable bunded area with 110% volume.

• Use of spill or drip trays to contain spills and leaks, and use of spill control kits to clean small spills and leaks.

• Burning of waste and on-site disposal are not permitted.

• Rubbles and all solid and hazardous wastes generated will be disposed of by suitably licensed contractor (transfer notes to be retained) to suitably designed and licensed treatment or disposal waste facility following the relevant requirements of the DoE.

Contractor Health and Safety Officer

Socio- economic condition L1. Disturbance for school students and present dwellers

They also may be affected due to the noise pollution, dust etc.

Constructing noise barrier, the noise barrier is to be properly designed acoustic wall.

Contractor/NWPG CL

NWPGCL

L2. Employment opportunity

The local people may be engaged in the land development and non- technical activities and it will create in migration in the project area

• Engagement of local people in the project activities or alternative occupation should be ensured.

• There should have provision for the rehabilitation of the workers those who are working in the project area temporarily.

Contractor/NWPG CL

NWPGCL

51


Implementation Supervision L3. Human safety

During preparation and installation of the power plant along with threats for human safety to the technical and non-technical labor

• Special attention should be provided for supplying safe drinking water, safe sanitation system for the labor sheds.

• Registered doctor and assistants should be employed during construction phase

Contractor/NWPG CL

NWPGCL

Fisheries Resources M1. Fish habitat condition and quantity

Bhairab River is rich in Hilsa, Deshi Pangus and Shrimp PL which would be affected due to disposal of waste water like ballast and bilge water from the ship/cargo carrying machinery and ancillaries having oil and grease contaminants. Open water fish habitat would also be affected due to the washing of various solid waste such as sand particles, food wastes, cans, and bottles etc. which are generated by the project workers.

• In river works and vessel movement should be limited during Hilsa (September - October) and Deshi Pangus (June - July) spawning period and peak shrimp PL (February – March) collection periods.

• Ballast water and oil spillage must be controlled from the ships, vessels and construction site.

• Specific waste management programs that emphasize on reduction, reuse and recycling of the waste will be implemented.

Contractor in collaboration with District Fisheries Office and local fishers.

NWPGCL and District Fisheries Office

M2. Fish species diversity and composition

Alien species may be introduced through cargo/ vessels. As a consequence, invasive species may cause negative impacts on pelagic and benthic communities.

• Foreign cargo/vessels must be checked for protecting the migration of invasive species.

• The crew should be advocated to maintain a certain path and abstain from dumping solid and liquid wastes particularly during fish breeding season.



M3. Fish production

With the consequence of aforesaid reasons, fisheries resources may cause decline in fish productivity of the river and its connectivity.

• Fish breeding and fish spawning seasons should be avoided for transporting construction materials and machinery as well as ancillaries through waterways.

• Oil spillage from cargo/ vessels should be controlled efficiently.



52

5.2 Environmental Code of Practices These Environmental Code of Practices (ECPs) are established to address all potential and

general construction-related impacts of Component 1 - Rupsha 800 MW CCPP. The ECPs

are only meant to provide guidelines for best operating practices and environmental

management guidelines and are not an absolute thumb rule. Project authorities and

contractors can modify and change the code of practice to better suite their organization and

to better implement their environmental management system. These ECPs shall be annexed

to the general conditions of all the contracts, including subcontracts, carried out under the

Project. The list of ECPs prepared for Component 1 is given below.

ECP 1: Waste Management

ECP 2: Hazardous Goods Management

ECP 3: Water Resources Management

ECP 4: Drainage Management

ECP 5: Soil Quality Management

ECP 6: Erosion and Sediment Control

ECP 7: Top Soil Management

ECP 8: Topography and Landscaping

ECP 9: Air Quality Management

ECP 10: Noise and Vibration Management

ECP 11: Protection of Flora

ECP 12: Protection of Fauna

ECP 13: Protection of Fish and Aquatic Ecosystems

ECP 14: Road Transport and Road Traffic Management

ECP 15: Construction Camp Management

ECP 16: Cultural and Religious Issues

ECP 17: Worker Health and Safety

ECP 18: Construction and Operation Phase Security

ECP 19: Demolition of the Structure

The detailed ECPs is detailed in Attachment 6, which is submitted separately.

ECP 1: Waste Management Project

Activity/Impact Source

Environmental Impacts Mitigation Measures/Management Guidelines

General Waste Soil and water may be polluted due to improper

The Contractor shall

53

management of wastes from the construction sites.

• Develop site specific waste management plan for various waste streams (e.g., reusable waste,

• flammable waste, construction debris, food waste etc.) prior to the commencement of construction works.

• Dispose all construction related wastes in the designated disposal sites approved by the Project authority.

• Minimize the production of waste materials via 3R (Reduce, Recycle and Reuse) approach.

• Segregate all wastes, wherever practical. • Transport wastes in fully covered vehicles to

prevent spilling waste along the route. • Train all personnel on waste management

practices and procedures. • Provide refuse containers/ bins at each worksite. • Request suppliers to minimize packaging where

practicable. • Place a high emphasis on good housekeeping

practices. • Clean and maintain construction sites • Provide and maintain appropriate facilities for

temporary storage of all wastes before being transported for final disposal.

• Avoid use of non-biodegradable plastic bag wherever possible.

Hazardous Waste Health hazards and environmental impacts due to improper waste management practices.

The Contractor shall • Store chemical wastes in a sealed container. • Label all chemical containers for easy

recognition. • Store, transport and handle all chemicals

avoiding potential environmental pollution. • Store all hazardous wastes/ chemicals

appropriately in bunded areas away from water sources.

• Maintain and document Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all hazardous materials/ chemicals on-site during construction period.

• Construct concrete or other impermeable hard-stand to prevent seepage of hazardous chemicals/ lube oils in case of any accidental spills.

• Keep sufficient stock of absorbents for generally used chemicals or for petrochemicals (e.g., dirt, sawdust, etc.) within the storage area to contain accidental spills.

ECP 2: Hazardous Goods Management Project

Activity/Impact Environmental Impacts Mitigation Measures/Management Guidelines

54

Source

Hazardous goods and equipment.

Improper storage and handling of lubricants, chemicals, hazardous goods/materials on-site, wash down of plant and equipment, and potential spills may harm the environment or health of construction workers.

The Contractor shall • Prepare spill control procedures and Hazardous

Substance Management Plan. • Train the relevant construction personnel in spill

control procedures. • Store dangerous goods in bunded areas on top

of a sealed plastic sheet away from water sources.

• Store all liquid fuels in fully bunded storage containers.

• Store and use chemicals in accordance with the information provided in material safety data sheets (MSDS).

• Make sure all containers, drums, and tanks that are used for storage are in good condition.

• Check the containers regularly for leakage, dents or any other abnormalities. Any container, drum, or tank that is dented, cracked, or rusted should be notified to the supervisors immediately and replaced promptly.

• Take all precautionary measures (e.g. hazard labeling, wearing of personal protective equipment (PPEs) etc.) when handling and storing fuels and lubricants, avoiding environmental pollution.

• All machinery is to be stored away from any water body, drainage inlets or natural drainage area, where practical.

• Transport waste of hazardous/ dangerous goods to an approved waste disposal facility.

• Avoid washing of plant equipment and vehicle near the drainage inlets. The contractor shall construct a designated pit/bund away from waterways where washing activities may take place.

• Keep stock of absorbent and containment material (e.g., absorbent matting, dirt, sawdust, etc.) where hazardous material are used and stored. The contractor shall also ensure the training of staffs of their proper use.

• Chemical spills and washouts shall be cleaned up and collected immediately, where safety permits. Disposal of cleanup/ washout materials shall be made on an approved waste disposal facility.

• Materials shall be transported by an approved / licensed transporter.

Provide appropriate PPE (protective clothing, safety boots, helmets, masks, gloves, goggles, etc.) to the construction personnel, depending on the materials being handled. • Use materials that are environment friendly and

avoid materials that have the potential for contamination.

55

ECP 3: Water Resources Management Project



Hazardous material and Waste

Water pollution from the storage, handling and disposal of hazardous materials and general construction waste, and accidental spillage.

The Contractor shall • Follow the management guidelines proposed in

ECP 1: Waste Management and ECP 2: Hazardous Goods Management.

• Minimize the generation of spoils, oil and grease, excess nutrients, organic matter, litter, debris and any form of waste (particularly petroleum and chemical wastes). Steps should be taken to ensure these substances do not enter waterways or storm water systems.

Discharge from construction sites

Construction activities, sewerages from construction sites and work camps may affect the surface water quality. The construction works will modify groundcover and topography, changing the surface water drainage patterns of the area. These changes in hydrological regime lead to increased rate of runoff, increase in sediment and contaminant loading, increased flooding, and effect habitat of fish and other aquatic biology.

The Contractor shall • Install temporary drainage system (channels and

check dams) in areas required for sediment and erosion control and around storage areas for construction materials.

• Install temporary sediment lagoons, where appropriate, to capture sediment- laden run-off from work site.

• Divert runoff from undisturbed areas around the construction site.

• Stockpile materials away from drainage lines. • Prevent all solid and liquid wastes entering

waterways by collecting spoils, chemicals, bitumen spray waste and wastewaters from brick, concrete and asphalt cutting where possible and transport to an approved waste disposal site or recycling depot.

• Wash out ready-mix concrete agitators and concrete handling equipment at washing facilities off site or into approved bunded areas on site. The contractor shall also ensure that tires of construction vehicles are cleaned in the washing bay (constructed at the entrance of the construction site) to remove the mud from the wheels. This should be done in every exit of each construction vehicle to ensure the local roads are kept clean.

Soil erosion and siltation

Soil erosion and dust from the material stockpiles will increase the sediment and contaminant loading of surface water bodies.

The Contractor shall • Stabilize the cleared areas, not used for

construction activities, with vegetation or appropriate surface water treatments as soon as practicable following earthwork to minimize erosion.

• Ensure that roads used by construction vehicles are swept regularly to remove dust and sediment.

• Water the loose material stockpiles, access roads and bare soils on a required basis to minimize dust. Increase the watering frequency during periods of high risk (e.g. high winds).

Drinking water Untreated surface water is not suitable for drinking purposes due to presence of

The Contractor Shall • Provide drinking water that meets National and

WHO Drinking Water standards.

56

suspended solids and E. coli

ECP 4: Drainage Management Project



Excavation and earth works, and construction yards

Lack of proper drainage for rainwater/liquid waste or wastewater owing to the construction activities may harm environment in terms of water and soil contamination, and mosquito growth.

The Contractor shall • Prepare drainage management procedures. • Prepare a program to prevent standing waters,

which the project proponent will verify in advance and confirm during implementation.

• Provide alternative drainage for rainwater if the construction works/ earth-fillings cut the established drainage line.

• Establish local drainage line with appropriate silt collector and silt screen for rainwater or wastewater connecting to the existing established drainage lines already there.

• Rehabilitate road drainage structures immediately if damaged.

• Build new drainage lines as appropriate and required for wastewater from construction yards connecting to the available nearby recipient water bodies.

• Ensure wastewater quality conforms to National Standards, before being discharged into the recipient water bodies.

• Ensure that there is no water stagnation at the construction sites and camps.

• Provide appropriate silt collector and silt screen at the inlet and manholes and periodically clean the drainage system to avoid drainage congestion.

• Protect natural slopes of drainage channels to ensure adequate storm water drains.

• Regularly inspect and maintain all drainage channels to assess and alleviate any drainage congestion problem.

Ponding of water Health hazards due to mosquito (vector) breeding.

• Do not allow ponding of water especially near the waste storage areas and construction camps.

• Discard all the storage containers that are capable of storing of water, after use or store them in inverted position.

ECP 5: Soil Quality Management Project



57

Storage of hazardous and toxic chemicals

Spillage of hazardous and toxic chemicals might contaminate the soils.

The Contractor shall • Strictly maintain the waste management plans

proposed in ECP 1: Waste Management and ECP 2: Hazardous Goods Management.

• Construct appropriate spill containment facilities for all fuel storage areas.

• Establish and maintain a hazardous material register detailing the location and quantities of hazardous substances including the storage, and their disposals.

• Train personnel and implement safe work practices for minimizing the risk of spillage.

• Identify the cause of contamination and contain the area of contamination. The impact may be contained by isolating the source or implementing controls around the affected site.

• Remediate the contaminated land using the most appropriate available method.

Construction material stock piles

Erosion from construction material stockpiles may contaminate the soils.

The Contractor shall • Protect the toe of all stockpiles, where erosion is

likely to occur, with silt fences, straw bales or bunds.

ECP 6: Erosion and Sediment Control Project



Clearing of construction sites

Cleared areas and slopes are susceptible to erosion of top soils, which affects the growth of vegetation and causes ecological imbalance.

The Contractor shall • Prepare site specific erosion and sediment

control measures and submit them for supervision consultant for approval.

• Reinstate and protect cleared areas as soon as possible.

• Cover unused area of disturbed or exposed surfaces immediately with mulch /grass turf/ tree plantations.

Construction activities and material stockpiles

The impacts of soil erosion are (i) Increased run off and sedimentation causing a greater flood hazard to the downstream and silt accumulation and (ii) destruction of aquatic environment by erosion and/or deposition of sediment damaging the spawning grounds of fish.

The Contractor shall • Relocate stockpiles away from drainage lines. • Protect the toe of all stockpiles, where erosion is

likely to occur, with silt fences, straw bales or bunds.

• Remove debris from drainage paths and sediment control structures.

• Cover the loose sediments of construction material and water them if required.

• Divert natural runoff around construction areas prior to any site disturbance.

• Install protective measures on site prior to construction, for example, sediment traps.

• Install ‘cut off drains’ on large cut/fill batter slopes to control water runoff speed and hence erosion.

• Observe the performance of drainage structures and erosion controls during rain and modify as required.

58

Soil erosion and siltation

Soil erosion and dust from the material stockpiles will increase the sediment and contaminant loading of surface water bodies.

The Contractor shall • Stabilize the cleared areas, not used for

construction activities, with vegetation or appropriate surface water treatments as soon as practicable following earthwork to minimize erosion.

• Ensure that roads used by construction vehicles are swept regularly to remove sediment.

• Water the material stockpiles, access roads and bare soils on a required basis to minimize dust. Increase the watering frequency during periods of high risk (e.g. high winds).

ECP 7: Top Soil Management Project



Land clearing and earth works

The top portion of soil is generally enriched with plant growth essential nutrient. Earth work might degrade the fertile top soil.

The Contractor shall Top soil removal from project site might not exceed 35 cm and store in stoke piles height not exceed 2 m. The stockpiles should be done in slops of 2:1, so that, rate of surface runoff reduces and percolation rate increases. Removed top soil should be stored outside of the core project facilities and drainage line. This soil mass should also be protected from erosion. Locate topsoil stockpiles in areas outside drainage lines and protect from erosion. Construct diversion channels and silt fences around the top-soil stockpiles to prevent erosion and loss of topsoil. Spread the topsoil to maintain the physic-chemical and biological activity of the soil. The stored top soil will be utilized for covering all disturbed area and along the proposed plantation sites. Prior to the re-spreading of topsoil, the ground surface should be ripped to assist the bunding of the soil layers, water penetration and re-vegetation.

Transport Vehicular movement outside ROW or temporary access roads might affect the soil fertility of the agricultural lands.

• All kind of unnecessary vehicular movement should be restricted within the construction facility.

• Limit equipment and vehicular movements to within the approved construction zone.

• Planed construction for road alignment should be maintained from the beginning to minimize the loss of top soil.

• Plan construction access to make use, if possible, of the final road alignment.

ECP 8: Topography and Landscaping Project



59

Land clearing and earth works

Construction activities especially earthworks will change topography and disturb the natural rainwater/flood water drainage as well as change the local landscape.

The Contractor shall • Prepare landscaping and plantation plan and

submit the plan to supervision consultant for approval.

• Ensure the topography of the final surface of all raised lands (construction yards, approach roads and rails, access roads, etc.) are conducive to enhance natural draining of rainwater/flood water.

• Keep the final or finished surface of all the raised lands free from any kind of depression that causes water logging.

• Undertake mitigation measures for erosion control/prevention by grass- turfing and tree plantation, where there is a possibility of rain-cut that will change the shape of topography.

• Cover immediately the uncovered open surface that has no use of construction activities with grass-cover and tree plantation to prevent soil erosion and better landscaping.

• Reinstate the natural landscape of the ancillary construction sites after completion of works.

ECP 9: Air Quality Management Project



Construction vehicular traffic

Air quality can be adversely affected by vehicle exhaust emissions and combustion of fuels.

The Contractor shall • Prepare air quality management plan (under the

Pollution Prevention Plan) and submit the plan for supervision consultant approval.

• Fit vehicles with suitable exhaust systems and emission control devices. Keep these devices in better working condition.

• Function the vehicles in a fuel productive way. • Cover pulling vehicles conveying dusty materials

moving outside the development site. • Impose speed limits on all vehicle movement at

the worksite to reduce dust emissions. • Control the movement of construction traffic. • Water construction materials prior to loading

and transport. • Service all vehicles regularly to minimize

emissions. • Limit the idling time of vehicles not more than 2

minutes.

60

Construction machinery

Air quality can be adversely affected by emissions from machinery and combustion of fuels.

The Contractor shall • Fit hardware with suitable fumes frameworks

and discharge control devices. Keep up these devices in great working condition as per the details characterized by their makers to amplify ignition productivity and limit the contaminant discharges. Verification of support enlist should be required by the hardware providers and temporary workers/sub-contractors. Pay special consideration to manage emissions from fuel generators.

• Machinery causing over the top contamination (e.g., unmistakable smoke) will be restricted from development destinations.

• Service all equipment regularly to minimize emissions.

• Provide filtering systems, dust collectors or humidification or other techniques (as applicable) to the concrete batching and mixing plant to control the particle emissions in all stages, including unloading, collection, aggregate handling, cement application, circulation of trucks and machinery inside the installations.

Construction activities

Dust generation from construction sites, material stockpiles and access roads is a nuisance in the environment and can be a health hazard, and also can affect the adjacent water bodies.

The Contractor shall • Water the material stockpiles, access roads and

bare soils as needed basis to minimize the potential for environmental nuisance due to dust. Increase the watering frequency during periods of high risk (e.g. high winds). Stored materials such as gravel and sand shall be covered and confined to avoid their being wind-drifted.

• Minimize the extent and period of exposure of the bare surfaces.

• Restore disturbed areas as soon as practicable by grasses or trees.

• Store the cement in silos and minimize • the emissions from silos by equipping them with

filters. • Establish adequate locations for storage, mixing

and loading of construction materials, in a way that dust generation is minimized during such operations.

• Use water as dust suppression in such way that will never produce any liquid waste stream.

• Crushing of rock and aggregate materials shall be wet-crushed, or performed with particle emission control systems.

• Not permit on burning of solid waste.

ECP 10: Noise and Vibration Management Project



61


Noise quality will be deteriorated due to vehicular traffic.

The Contractor shall • Prepare a noise and vibration management plan

(under the Pollution Prevention Plan) and submit the plan for supervision consultant/Owner’s Engineer (OE) for approval.

• Keep up all vehicles to keep it in great working condition as per produces support strategies.

• Ensure all drivers will conform to the activity codes concerning most extreme speed restrain, driving hours, and so on.

• Perform the loading and unloading of trucks, and handling operations minimizing construction noise on the work site.

Construction machinery

Noise and vibration may have an impact on people, property, fauna, livestock and the natural environment.

The Contractor shall • Appropriately organize all noise generating

activities to avoid noise pollution to local residents.

• Utilize the calmest accessible hardware and gear in development work.

• Maintain all equipment in order to keep them in good working order in accordance with manufactures maintenance procedures. Equipment suppliers and contractors shall present proof of maintenance register of their equipment.

• Install acoustic fenced in areas around generators to decrease noise levels.

• Fit high productivity suppressors to fitting development hardware.

• Avoid superfluous utilization of alerts, horns and sirens.

Construction activity

Noise and vibration may have an impact on people, property, fauna, livestock and the natural environment.

The Contractor shall • Notify nearby landholders preceding normal

noise events outside of light hours. • The operator should be educated about the

construction equipments and technique to reduce noise level.

• Employ best accessible work practice nearby to limit work related noise levels.

• Install temporary noise control barriers where appropriate.

• Notify affected people if major noisy activities will be undertaken, e.g. blasting.

• Plan activities on site and deliveries to and from site to minimize impact.

• Monitor and consider noise and vibration come about and modify development practices as required. Avoid undertaking the noisiest exercises, where conceivable, when working during the evening close to the neighborhoods.

ECP 11: Protection of Flora Project



62

Vegetation clearance for site preparation

Clearance of vegetation for materials storing, labour shed construction and all kind of civil structures construction.

The Contractor shall • Prepare a plan of vegetation clearance

supervised by experienced botanist. • Use comparatively barren places for storing/

labour shed to minimize vegetation damage. • Clear only the vegetation that needs to be

cleared in accordance with the engineering plans and designs. These measures are applicable to both the construction areas as well as to any associated activities such as sites for storing, labour movement and construction vehicle running.

• Aware and train the workers regarding nature protection and the need of avoid vegetation damage during construction.

• Implement proper plantation with native species after completion of construction works prior to engaging experienced plantation planner (Landscape ecologist).

ECP 12: Protection of Fauna Project



Construction activities

Damage of wildlife habitat and relocation wildlife from the construction site due to vegetation damage and demolition of physical structures.

The Contractor shall • Survey faunal communities at first before site

clearing and prepare a plan for protection of fauna supervised by experienced consultant.

• Use comparatively barren places for storing/ labour shed to minimize vegetation damage.

• Limit the construction works within the designated sites allocated to the contractors.

• Check the site for trapped animals, rescue them by the help of a qualified person and release them in nearer protected area.

• Appoint wildlife biologist and wildlife capture and relocation experts.

• Demolish buildings one after another in order to save natural relocation of wildlife.

Night time lighting Disturbance to nocturnal animals for excess lightening at the site.

The Contractor shall • Use lower wattage flat lens fixtures that direct

light down and reduce glare, thus reducing light pollution.

• Avoid floodlights unless they are required. • Use motion sensitive lighting to minimize

unneeded lighting. • Install light shades or plan the direction of lights

to reduce light spilling outside the construction area.

• Avoid working in night time. Excess level noise Scaring wildlife like dolphins,

birds and rodents due excess noise.

The Contractor shall • Use sound limiter with gas stacks. • Implement green belt with dense canopy plants

surround the proposed power unit.

63

ECP 13: Protection of Fish and Aquatic Ecosystems Project



Movement of vessels

Deterioration of aquatic habitat quality of nearby river channel due to disposal of waste like ballast and bilge water.

The contractor shall • Warn the vessel sailors about spillage in the

river. • Ensure the construction equipment used in the

river are well maintained and do not have oil leakage to contaminate river water.

• Prepare an emergency oil spill containment plan (under the Hazardous Substances Management Plan).

Accidental discharge of hazardous effluents and hot water

Aquatic dolphins/fishes may be affected and habitat quality may deteriorate.

The Contractor shall • Follow mitigation measures proposed ECP 3:

Water Resources Management and ECP 4: Drainage Management.

ECP 14: Road Transport and Road Traffic Management Project




Increased traffic may affect the safety of the road-users and obstruct their daily movement.

The Contractor shall • Prepare a traffic management plan and

implement them strictly. • Ensure uninterrupted traffic movement during

construction and shall include in the traffic plan: detailed drawings of traffic arrangements showing all detours, temporary road, temporary bridges, temporary diversions, necessary barricades, warning signs / lights, road signs, construction schedule etc.

• Provide signs at strategic locations of the roads complying with National

• Traffic Regulations. Accidents and spillage of fuels

and chemicals.

The Contractor shall • Restrict heavy vehicle movement, where

practicable, to day time working hours only. • Restrict the transport of oversized loads. • Enforce on-site speed limit, especially close to

the sensitive receptors, schools, health centers, etc.

ECP 15: Construction Camp Management Project



64

Set-up of construction camps

Health, safety and security of workers might be affected due to the set-up of construction camps.

The Contractor shall • Prepare a construction camp management plan. • Set-up camps within the designated sites or at

areas which are acceptable from environmental, cultural or social point of view and approved by the supervision consultant/OE or the Client.

• Conduct consultation with communities including local government institutes bodies prior to set-up/ construction of the camp.

• Submit a detailed layout plan to the project authorities for approval in order to develop the construction camp, which should include relative locations of all temporary buildings and facilities along with the location of access roads, fuel storage areas (for use in power supply generators), solid waste management and dumping locations, and drainage facilities.

• Inform local authorities the setup of camp facilities so as to maintain effective surveillance over public health, social, and security matters.

Provision of construction camp facilities

Lack of basic facilities, such as housing, water supply, and sanitation facilities may lead to substandard living conditions and possible health hazards.

Contractor shall • Provide the following facilities in the campsites • Adequate housing for all workers. • Safe and reliable drinking water supply,

conforming to national and international (e.g.WHO) standards.

• Hygienic sanitary facilities and sewerage system. • Separate toilet facilities for males and females.

The minimum number of toilet facilities required is one toilet for every ten persons as per Labour Rules, 2015.

• Treatment facilities for sewerage of toilet and domestic wastes.

• Storm water drainage facilities. • Paved internal roads. • In-house community/ common entertainment

facilities. Disposal of waste Waste run-off to nearby

water sources, leading to pollution

The Contractor shall • Ensure solid wastes are properly collected and

disposed of within the construction camps. • Ensure waste segregation at source. Wastes

should be segregated on separate color-coded bins as per national waste management laws/ rules.

• Store inorganic wastes in a safe place within the household and clear organic wastes on daily basis to waste collector. Establish waste collection, transportation and disposal systems with the manpower and equipment/vehicles needed.

Fuel supplies for cooking purposes

Illegal sourcing of fuel wood by construction workers will impact the natural flora and fauna.

The Contractor shall • Provide alternative fuels like natural gas or

kerosene to the construction camps for their domestic purpose, in order to discourage them to use fuel wood or other biomass.

• Conduct awareness campaigns to educate workers on preserving the protection of

65

biodiversity and wildlife of the project area, and relevant government regulations and punishments on wildlife protection.

Health and Hygiene Spreading of vector borne diseases such as, malaria, due to inadequate health and safety practices. Risk of spreading of sexually transmitted diseases (STD), such as HIV/AIDS.

The Contractor shall • Provide adequate health care facilities within

construction sites. • Provide first aid facility round the clock. • Maintain stock of medicines in the facility and

appoint fulltime designated first aider or nurse. • Provide ambulance facility for the labours so that

they can be transported to nearest hospitals in case of an emergency health hazard.

• Conduct health screening of the laborers coming from outside areas.

• Train all construction workers about basic sanitation and health care issues and safety matters, and on the specific hazards of their work.

• Provide awareness on sexually transmitted diseases, such as HIV/ AIDS to all workers on a regular basis.

• Provide and maintain adequate drainage facilities throughout the camps to minimize the spread of vector borne diseases. The contractor shall also regularly spray mosquito repellant during rainy season in offices, construction camps and yards.

• Provide awareness drives and training on personal hygiene and waste disposal.

Security and Safety Inadequate security and safety provision in construction camps may create security and safety problems of workforces and assets.

The Contractor shall • Provide appropriate security personnel (police or

private security guards) and enclosures to prevent unauthorized entry into the camp area.

• Maintain register to keep a track of entry and exit of people within the camp at any given time.

• Encourage use of flameproof material for the construction of labor housing / site office. Also, ensure that these houses/rooms are of sound construction and capable of withstanding wind storms/cyclones.

• Provide appropriate type of firefighting equipment suitable for the construction camps.

• Display emergency contact numbers clearly and prominently at strategic places in camps.

• Communicate the roles and responsibilities of laborers in case of emergency in the monthly meetings with contractors.

66

Site Restoration Demolition of construction camps may lead to dust emission, elevated noise levels and possible health hazard.

The Contractor shall • Dismantle and remove all the established

facilities from the site of the construction camp ensuring minimum dusts emission. Wet spray grounds to minimize dust emission.

• Dismantle camps in phases instead of waiting for the entire work to be completed.

• Provide prior notice to the laborers before demolishing their camps/units.

• Maintain the noise levels within the national standards during demolition activities.

• Hire different contractors to demolish different structures to promote recycling or reuse of demolished material.

• Dispose excess debris at the designated waste disposal site.

• Restore the site to its condition prior to commencement of the works.

ECP 16: Cultural and Religious Issues Project



Construction activities near religious and cultural sites

Disturbance from construction works to the cultural and religious sites leading to annoyances. Contractors lack of knowledge on cultural issues leading to social disturbances.

The Contractor shall • Avoid activities that may lead to the blocking of

access to cultural and religious sites. • Avoid construction works during prayer time. • Avoid working in areas where there is any

church/mosque/religious/ educational institutions and health centers close to the construction sites, if possible. Project proponent should issue warning to the people before commencing construction activities.

• Establish a mechanism that allows local people to raise grievances arising from the construction process.

• Provide compensations or relocate, whichever is best, if any grievances are raised by the community where any culturally important areas are to be demolished.

• Take special care and use appropriate equipment when working next to a cultural/ religious center.

• Stop work immediately and notify the site manager, if during construction, an archaeological or burial site is discovered.

• Provide independent prayer facilities to the construction workers.

• Show appropriate behavior with all construction workers especially women and elderly people.

• Allow the workers to participate in praying during construction time, if there is a request.

• Resolve cultural issues in consultation with local leaders and supervision consultants.

• Inform the local authorities before commencement of civil works so as to maintain

67

effective surveillance over public health, social, and security matters.

ECP 17: Worker Health and Safety Project



Construction work at Plant site

Construction works may pose health and safety risks to the construction workers and site visitors leading to severe injuries and deaths. The population in the proximity of the construction site and the construction workers will be exposed to a number of (i) biophysical health risk factors, (e.g., noise, dust, chemicals, construction material, solid waste, waste water, vector transmitted diseases, etc.), (ii) risk factors resulting from human behavior (e.g., STD, HIV/AIDS, etc.) and (iii) road accidents from construction traffic.

The Contractor shall • Prepare an Occupational Health and Safety and

Hazard and Risk Assessment plan. • Implement suitable safety standards for all

workers and site visitors, with sufficient provisions to comply with international standards (e.g. International Labor Office guideline on ‘Safety and Health in Construction; International Finance Corporation/World Bank Group Environmental, Health, and Safety General Guidelines’) and contractor’s own safety standards, in addition to complying with national standards.

• Provide the workers with a safe and healthy work environment, taking into account inherent risks in its particular construction activity and specific classes of hazards in the work areas.

• Conduct tool box meeting before starting any construction related work. Maintain a registry of the person present during the toolbox meeting. Anyone not participating in the tool box meeting will not be allowed to work.

• Provide personal protective equipment (PPE) for workers, such as safety boots, helmets, masks, gloves, protective clothing, goggles, full-face eye shields, and ear protection. Maintain the PPE properly by cleaning dirty ones and replacing the damaged ones.

• Implement safety procedures including provision of training and protective clothing to workers involved in hazardous operations and proper performance of their job.

• Appoint an environment, health and safety manager to look after the health and safety of the workers.

• Inform the local authorities before commencement of civil works and establishment of construction camps so as to maintain effective surveillance over public health, social and security matters.

68

Child and pregnant labor. The Contractor shall • Not hire children of less than 18 years of age and

pregnant women or women who delivered a child within 8 preceding weeks.

Lack of first aid facilities and health care facilities in the immediate vicinity will aggravate the health conditions of the victims.

The Contractor shall • Ensure health care facilities and first aid facilities

are readily available. • Document and report occupational accidents,

diseases, and incidents. • Prevent accidents, injury, and disease arising

from, associated with, or occurring in the course of work by minimizing, so far as reasonably practicable, the causes of hazards, in a manner consistent with good international industry practice.

• Identify potential hazards to workers, particularly those that may be life- threatening and provide necessary preventive and protective measures.

• Provide adequate lighting in the construction area, inside the tunnels, inside the powerhouse cavern and along the roads.

Provision of construction camp facilities

Lack of basic facilities, such as housing, water supply, and sanitation facilities may lead to substandard living conditions and possible health hazards.

• The Contractor shall provide facilities in the camp sites to improve health and hygienic conditions as mentioned in ECP 16: Construction Camp Management.

Trainings Lack of awareness and basic knowledge in health care among the construction workforce may make them susceptible to potential diseases.

The Contractor shall • Train all construction workers in basic sanitation

and healthcare issues (e.g., protection against malaria and other vector borne diseases, transmission of sexually transmitted infections (STI) etc.

• Train all construction workers in general health and safety practices and about specific hazards related to their work. Training should consist of basic hazard awareness, site specific hazards, safe work practices, and emergency procedures for fire, evacuation, and natural disaster, as appropriate.

• Implement malaria, HIV/AIDS and STI education campaign targeting all workers hired, international and national, female and male, skilled, semi- and unskilled workforces, at the time of recruitment and thereafter pursued throughout the construction phase on ongoing and regular basis. This should be complemented by easy access to condoms at the workplace as well as to voluntary counseling and testing.

69

ECP 18: Construction and Operation Phase Security Project



Construction work Inadequate construction site security poses a significant risk to assets, construction materials and property. Theft/ vandalism of assets, materials and property may increase construction costs and may cause delays in project completion.

The Contractor shall: • Provide appropriate security personnel (i.e.

security guards) to prevent unauthorized entry into the camp area.

• Ensure all assets (i.e., tools, equipment, etc.) and construction materials at construction site are identified, recorded and tracked as closely as possible. All assets should be clearly labeled and marked. Keep records of tool serial numbers and check inventory on a regular basis.

• All tools and equipment should have a check out/in system. If they are not in use, they should be securely stored in a proper place to prevent theft or loss.

• Ensure that there is proper fencing around construction site perimeter. Fencing should be chain-link at least 2.4 m high and secured with a steel chain and lock.

• The entire site should be fenced, if possible. If not, at least the construction trailer and equipment storage areas should be fenced.

• Ensure construction site has controlled access points (one or two entry points at most), allowing for close monitoring of comings and goings from the site.

• Workers should be easily identified and have credentials that indicate site access.

• List of employees who have after hour access to the property should be available to the PMU and local authorities.

• Ensure job site is properly lighted at night. Well-lit areas should include any office trailers and equipment storage trailers. Floodlights operated by sensors should also be installed where appropriate.

• Pre-employment screening investigations should be used to verify the applicants relating to their employment, education and criminal history background.

Operation Phase Vandalism/damage (including use of explosives) of RMS, Gas Pipeline, Plant transfer station and storages.

• Routinely conduct patrols and inspections of transmission mains Plant area and facilities.

• Monitor suspicious activity and notify local authorities and NWPGCL in event of any such occurrence/incident of vandalism or theft.

• Ensure strategic infrastructure sites such as RMS, Gas Pipelines, and main Plant transfer stations, storages are secured and fenced with controlled access points. Fencing should be chain-link at least 2.4m high and secured with a steel chain and lock.

70

ECP 19: Demolition of Structures Project



Demolition of structures

Rubbles and dust raised from the demolition/ decommissioning of structures may affect the surrounding environment (air, water resources, landscape, agricultural lands etc.), flora, fauna and health of the surrounding communities.

The Contractor shall: • Provide appropriate demolition/

decommissioning plan. • Inform nearby communities 5 days prior to the

start of any demolition/ decommissioning activities.

• Conduct thorough investigation of site and site history to identify potential risks and hazards to workers, local people and the environment.

• Use of techniques to minimize compaction of soil. If necessary, soil should be carefully removed and stored for subsequent works.

• Use dust control strategies (e.g. wet technique). • Set the route and time of movement of heavy

trucks carrying demolition debris off site for disposal so as to avoid residential areas or other sensitive human receptors (e.g. schools, hospitals, nursing homes).

• Avoid building of access roads near riparian zones.

• Implement adequate site security • Recover, reuse and recycle salvaged materials,

whenever possible. • Install and implement appropriate water

management system as early as possible. Effectively stabilize altered landforms so as to minimize soil erosion and the potential for water pollution from suspended solids.

• Incorporate existing habitat features into site design and protect them from any adverse change.

• Preserve sites of archaeological or cultural interest where possible. If not, relocation should be considered where damage is unavoidable.

• Implement management system that should aim to minimize disturbance to adjacent residential and recreational areas.

71

5.3 Workers’ Health and Safety Refer to the document DZ04(327)017-2020(1) The Occupational Health and Safety and

Hazard Assessment Plan (OHS PLAN).

72

6.0 Chapter 6: Environmental Monitoring Programme 6.1 Subject of Monitoring The main purpose of this monitoring programme is to ensure that the various tasks those detailed

out in the CEAP, particularly the mitigation measures which are to be implemented efficiently and

effectively, and also to evaluate project’s impacts on the key environment and social parameters.

6.2 Compliance monitoring Compliance monitoring is a very important tool/aspect of environmental management to safeguard

the environment. The monitoring activities will be carried out by the Contractor and their

Environmental Consultant. The Environmental Consultant will be an independent third party.

For monitoring of physic-chemical parameters, locations near the baseline sampling points and

potentially affected locations are suggested in this section below. Actual monitoring time and

location will be decided by the OE and NWPGCL. The measurement values are to be compared

with the IFC’s EHS General Guidelines, where relevant standards are specified, or the national

standards (ECR 1997 and amended in 2005).

All coordination and liaise with the PMU (NWPGCL) on compliance to ADB requirements, relevant

government agencies and local authorities on clearances (as needed) will be maintained by the

Environmental staff (or consultant) of the EPC Contractor and environment section of the Project’s

Quarterly Progress Report (QPR) will be submitted to the PMU.

The compliance monitoring plan is presented in Table 6.1.

Table 6.1: Environmental Compliance Monitoring Plan

No. Components of EHS Monitoring

Monitoring Indicators Locations Frequency Type/Duration

of Sampling Target Standard

Environmental Monitoring during Construction Phase

1 Ambient Air Quality

SPM, PM10 and PM2.5

Residential area of KNM or Mosque premises

Monthly

24hr Continuously during construction works

SPM- 50 μg/Nm3 PM2.5-16.25 μg/Nm3 PM10 -37.5 μg/Nm3

2

Ambient Noise Day time (6:00 -21:00) and Night time (21:00 -6:00), Leq values in dBA

Leq, L10 and L90 during the construction works

Mosque, School, Residential areas, Labor work places and S, W, N E corner of the project:

Daily Sampling greater than 15 minutes

Mosque and School –50dBA (day) 40dBA (Night) Residential areas – 55dBA (day) 45 dBA (Night) Remaining areas 70 dBA (day) 70 dBA (Night)

73




3 Water quality

PH, BOD, COD, Total N, Total P, Oil and Grease, TSS, Total Coliform

Surface water -100m u/s, middle and 100m d/s of Bhairab river from the eastern boundary, pond inside KNA, Tube well water from the residential area of KNA

Quarterly Composite sampling

Maintaining the baseline quality of river water and protect any kind of discharge from the project area

4 Water Resources

Building residuals, Bank erosion, flood, drainage system

Dumping places, project Eastern boundary, drainage outlet

Quarterly Observation, Water level data and KII

Zero solid waste dumping, flood and erosion protection and drainage clearance

5 Biological Environment

Plantation and Plant health (Plant Growth, Canopy Coverage, Disease, etc.)

Protected area and Green belt area within the project site

Six monthly Plot Survey, Plant health Survey

Conserve the existing plant health, facilitate for green belt development

Dolphin Occurrence and Habitat status

Two confluence sites (Bhairab-Atai and Bhairab-Madhumati) and River route from Rupsha bridge to Madhumati Bhairba confluence

Quarterly

Direct Counting, line Transect Survey, Water Quality, water availability

Conserve suitable habitat and abundance of dolphin species

Underwater noise

River adjacent project site

Daily during river works and boat movements

Underwater noise survey

No exceedance of underwater noise levels that could have adverse impact on dolphins, the criterion considered as injury threshold (applicable to turtles and cetaceans) is peak sound pressure level (SPLpeak) of 224 decibel reference 1 micro pascal (dB re 1 μPa); sound exposure level (SEL) of 198 decibel reference 1 micro square pascal second (dB re 1 μPa2 s); and threshold for behavioural changes the SEL of 183 dB re 1 μPa2 s.

74




6 Fish Diversity and Habitat

Capture Fisheries Diversity, Richness, Productivity, etc.

Bhairab River within around 2km u/s and d/s away from the Project site

Quarterly

Fish Catch Assessment Survey, Fishing Survey and Fishers’ interview

Conserve suitable habitat for spawning of capture fisheries

7 Fishing Livelihoods

Number of fisher, amount of capture fishes

Fishermen of the villages of Chandanimohal

Quarterly KII, FGD

To ensure the sustainable fishing practices by the fisher

8 Worker Health and Sanitation

Availability of Potable Water, Drinking water quality, Availability of Hygienic Toilet

Power Plant work place, labor camps Quarterly

Inspection and interview of labor, project personnel

To ensure the Performance standard (PS 2) of IFC and reduce the grievance from labor

9

Working condition, laws, Safety and Security

Relationship, Compliance law, Protecting equipment, Training

Workplaces, Labor camps and adjacent communities

Quarterly

Inspection and interview of labor, Project personnel followed by a checklist

To reduce the grievance, safe and Sound working environment as per PS 2

10

Generation of Non-Hazardous Solid Waste (Domestic waste, Office Waste,)

Collection system, Proper disposal, waste sprawling

Demolition and dumping site, labour camp, construction yard, another Designated Site etc.

Quarterly

Visual Inspection, waste classification

Reduce, reuse and recycle of waste,

11 Community Safety and Security

Accidents, diseases, emergency preparedness, security

School, Residential areas of KNP, adjacent communities

Quarterly

KII to the students, school committee, residence and communities, Disclosure

To reduce any disturbance of the community and minimize the risk of the community as per PS 4

12 Agricultural Production

Crop Production Loss, Diseases

Three locations: in the study area within 0.5-2km from the project site

Six monthly following cropping patterns

Soil sampling, Agricultural Survey, KII and FGD

To reduce the soil contamination due to dry or wet deposition of SOx, NOx or PM and induced impacts

13 Drinking Water National drinking water standards

Potable water source Quarterly

Sampling of potable water sources at power plant

National drinking water standards

14 Health and Safety

Near miss, no lost time, lost time and fatal incidents

Power plant Continuous

Records of health and safety incidents and workplace related disease occurences

Zero lost time incidents.

Note: All the monitoring program above will be implemented by EPC contractor with their HSE

consultants/experts and be supervised by OE/NWPGCL during the construction period.

75

6.2.1 Baseline results

The baseline results for the project is detailed in the document: Semiannual Environmental Monitoring Report (January to June 2019) July 2019 prepared by the North-West Power

Generation Co., Ltd for the Asian Development Bank.

6.2.2 The monitoring locations c/w map and GPS coordinates

The baseline monitoring locations are shown in the below figures and tables. As agreed between

the project owner and the EPC Contractor, to improve the work efficiency and control the cost,

under the premise of ensuring accurate monitoring results, some of the monitoring locations are

removed from the list as below.

a) Four (4) Noise Monitoring Locations – (C1_NL4, C1_NL3, C1_NL10, C1_NL7)

b) One (1) Surface water Monitoring Location – (C1_SW5)

c) One Groundwater Monitoring Location– (C1_GW4)

Figure 6.1: OVERALL ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING STATIONS

76

Figure 6.2: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING STATIONS

Table 6.2 Coordinates of Ambient Air Quality Sampling Locations

77

Figure 6.3 NOISE LEVEL MONITORING STATIONS (OVER ALL)

Figure 6.4 NOISE LEVEL MONITORING STATIONS (ZOOM NORTHERN SECTOR)

78

Figure 6.5 NOISE LEVEL MONITORING STATIONS (ZOOM SOUTHERN SECTOR)

79

Table 6.3 Coordinates of Ambient Noise Sampling Stations

80

Figure 6.6 SURFACE WATER QUALITY MONITORING STATIONS (OVERALL)

81

Figure 6.7 SURFACE WATER QUALITY MONITORING STATIONS (ZOOM NEAR POWER

PLANT FOOTPRINT)

82

Table 6.4 Coordinates of Surface Water Sampling Stations

Figure 6.8 GROUNDWATER QUALITY MONITORING STATIONS

83

Table 6.5 Coordinates of Groundwater Sampling Stations

There are some guidelines for the implementation of the monitoring program as below:

If the monitoring results inside and near the boundary of the project site comply with the

standards or no more than the monitoring results outside the project site, it proves that

the mitigation measures carried out by the EPC contractor are useful and sufficient.

At each direction outside the project, the EPC contractor will monitor one point meaning

the nearest stakeholders.

The monitoring results are no doubt to be affected by the local environmental quality

including the air quality and the near industries. When the monitoring results breaks the

legal requirements, the current environmental quality shall be provided for comparison

with the monitoring results to assess the affection caused by the project and the

environmental quality.

6.2.3 Monitoring Schedule Master Table

The master table for monitoring schedule is detailed in Attachment 7.

6.3 Sampling and Analysis Methodology


AS/NZS 3580.9.3:2003 - “Methods for sampling and analysis of ambient air - Determination of

suspended particulate matter - Total suspended particulate matter (TSP) - High volume sampler

gravimetric method

84

AS/NZS 3580.9.6:2003 –“Methods for sampling and analysis of ambient air - Determination of

suspended particulate matter – PM10 high volume sampler with size-selective inlet - Gravimetric

method”

Methods for sampling and analysis of ambient air - Determination of suspended particulate matter

– PM2.5 by AirMatric Mini Vol Sampler

6.3.2 Ambient Noise

Noise levels will be recorded in the form of sound pressure levels using a digital sound level meter.

The sound level is recorded in form of A-weighted equivalent continuous sound pressure level

(Leq) values with the use of A-weighting filters in the noise measuring instrument.

6.3.3 Water quality

Water quality parameters include pH, dissolved oxygen, biochemical oxygen demand (BOD), total

dissolved solids (TDS), electrical conductivity, salinity, and temperature. Chemical analyses of the

water samples shall be done by the certified laboratory.

6.3.4 Biological Environment

The Ecology team will involve extensively in the field to monitor and to identify any potential killing

of any wildlife species during buildings demolition and vegetation clearing period in the project area.

The team will search the project area; record the kills or dead or injured animals from the study

area. Direct observation /Transects will be conducted within the project area. Ecological team will

make 2 days transect walk and direct visual observation near to demolition and clearance activities

every week.

Vegetation study will be taken up by using quadrate method. It will be conducted by the stratified

5 (five) quadrate (5 × 5 m) in the project area. Opportunistic observation will also be considered.

Total number of tree and DBH (Diameter at Breast Height) will be counted in the data sheet.

Measuring tape and 20 m rope will be used during the study. Following calculation will be carried

after the data collection.

Dolphin survey will be conducted by transect method according to Smith et al. (2006). It will be

conducted to calculate the encounter rate of dolphin sightings. About 10 km stretch of U/S and D/S

of Rupsha River on pre-defined transect. Two confluence sites (Bhairab- Ataland Bhalrab-

Madhumati) and River route from Rupsa bridge to Madhumati Bhairba confluence will be surveyed

quarterly. Ecologist team has previous experienced of dolphin survey at the Sangu River,

Chattogram; the Jamuna River, Sirajganj; the Rabnabad Channel, Patuakhali; the Padma River,

Manikganj; the Sundarbans and Swatch of No Ground of the Bay of Bengal.

6.3.5 Fish Diversity and Habitat

To conduct the assessment of fish diversity and habitat, the survey team will drive for the boat-to-

boat survey within Bhairab River around 2 - km u/s and d/s away from the Project site. In the survey,

the team will consider 1 (one) normal day as well as 1 (one) full moon or dark moon. A suitable

85

questionnaire will be kept to distinguish the fish species, and their local status (IUCN Red List

Bangladesh, 2015 and Fish Base data). Then the team will make a checklist of threatened species

within the survey AOI. In addition, alternatively (each quarter) one fish markets will be surveyed

for species composition within the study AOI. Consultant will scrutinise the fish species, their

sources and availability within the project AOI during the market survey.

6.3.6 Fisheries Livelihood

Precise guided questionnaire will be used to apprehend the fishing activities, seasonal

engagement, species availability, yields and market price, equipment/production cost, livelihoods,

extant of dependency (primary and secondary) on fishing etc.

After getting the baseline information from FGDs and KII, the team will accumulate the

consequences considering the livelihood, socio-economic status, production cost,

monthly/seasonal fishing engagement, daily/monthly earnings, available exquisite and expensive

fisheries around the fishing area etc.

6.3.7 Agricultural Production, Loss, Disease

Agricultural production, Loss and Diseases (If Present) will be monitor through direct observation

in the field. Also the cropping pattern will be monitor to picturize the cropping changes. Three

Locations of the study area within 0.5-2 kilometer will be selected as a sample field. Primarily,

structured questionnaire will be kept to determine the production, yield, loss, and disease (if

present). Also the team will conduct KII with Upazilla Agricultural Officer and Sub Divisional

Agricultural Officer to distinguished the running production and previous one.

2 (two) nos. of FGD will be conducted with local farmers.

6.3.8 Plantation

Healthy plants are vital to sustainable and profitable yield production and to the quality and cost of

the nation's supply of food, fuel, and fiber Plant. To conduct the study, the team will consider ten x

ten m (10 × 10 m) experimental plots: one wet, one dry and one control. Sidling’s, Saplings, and

tree of each plot will be measure for the first time through measurable tape. Additionally, data sheet

will be kept for recording the plant health, plant width, leafs etc. Surveyed locations will be repetitive,

non-destructive, measureable in context of soil and plant characteristics.

6.3.9 Others

Checklists will be developed and filled up during the inspection and interview. Summary of the

status will be reflected in the report.

6.4 Impacts Monitoring The purpose of the impact monitoring is to ensure that the contractor implements the mitigation

measures given in the EMP efficiently, effectively and timely. This monitoring will generally be

86

carried out by the Contractor with the help of checklists prepared on the basis of the impact

monitoring Plan.

Contractor shall keep regular records c/w photographic evidences according to Table 6.6. OE will

check the regular records / logbooks and conduct site walkabout every month to finalize the

findings. Table 6.6: Impact Auditing Plan

Parameter /Activity Location Means of Monitoring Frequency

During Construction

Hydrocarbon and chemical storage Construction area

Visual Inspection of storage facilities. Maintain logbook c/w photographs of all storage facilities (Contractor and subcontractors)

Every Two Weeks

Damage to local roads

Approach Roads to the construction sites

Visual inspection to ensure local roads are not damaged. Maintain logbooks c/w photographs to document the damaged roads and correction actions taken (photographs of before and after remediations)

Every Two Weeks

Traffic Safety Approach Roads

Visual inspection to see whether proper traffic signs are placed and flag-men for traffic management are engaged. Maintain logbook to document the traffic management plan (i.e. traffic diversion maps, photographs of road warnings signs used and personnel assigned to man the traffic)

Every Two Weeks

Air Quality (dust, smoke)

Construction sites

Visual inspection to ensure good standard equipment is in use and dust suppression measures (e.g., spraying of waters) are in place. Maintain logbook of documenting dust suppressing methods and frequency per day i.e. water trucks bowsing and routes, water spray / jets and locations

Daily

Batch mixing Plant

Visual inspection to ensure batch plant is located >500 m from residential areas. Maintain logbook to document the location of the batching plant in relation to residential areas

Monthly

Material storage sites

Visual inspection to ensure proper maintenance i.e. covering, dust suppression etc. as per ECP. Maintain logbook c/w photographs of major storage sites

Monthly

Noise

Construction sites Physical inspection to ensure good standard equipment are in use

Construction sites

Visual inspection to ensure ear plugs/earmuffs are in use by the construction workers

Daily

Ensure work restriction between 20:00-06:00 Daily

87

Parameter /Activity Location Means of Monitoring Frequency

Plantation Designated sites

Visual inspection to observe growth of saplings as per provided green belt design (subjected to the initiation of plantation). Maintain logbook c/w photographs on the saplings

Monthly

Waste Management Construction area

Visual inspection that solid waste is disposed at designated site and are managed in efficient way. Maintain logbook with proof of disposal of construction wastes at designated dumpsites by local authorities (attach waste dockets)

Weekly

Hazardous Waste Handling

Hazardous Material Storage Area Hazardous Waste Disposal Area

Visual Inspection of safe handling and storage of hazardous waste and hazardous materials. Maintain logbook with disposal of hazardous wastes at approved facilities by local authorities (attach waste dockets)

Fort-nightly

Drinking water and sanitation

Labor shed, offices

Ensure the construction workers are provided with potable water and sanitation facilities in the site. Maintain logbook c/w photographs to document the proof of provision of potable water and sanitation facilities

Fort-nightly

Restoration of Work Sites All Work Sites

Visual Inspection on excavated areas. Maintain logbook to document restoration of major excavated areas

Every 3 months

Safety of workers Monitoring and reporting accidents

At work sites

Visual inspection of usage of Personal Protective equipment, Safety Sign, Safety Documentation, safety training, etc.

Daily

Emergency Response Facilities At project sites

Inspection of Emergency Preparedness and Response mechanism and facilities. Maintain logbook to document the facilities c/w photographs

Monthly

Grievance Mechanism At project sites

Inspection of the complaint register. Maintain complain sheets and document action taken to address each complaint

Monthly

Note: All the monitoring program above will be implemented by EPC contractor and be supervised

by OE/Independent Monitor during the construction period.

7.0 Chapter 7: Emergency Response Plan The Emergency Response Plan is detailed in Attachment 8.

88

8.0 Attachments Attachment 1

Approval of EIA Report for the Power Plant

89

Attachment 2

Project Implement Schedule level 2 This attachment is attached as standalone document.

90

Attachment 3

Daily Environmental Inspection Checklist

Subject √ Please mark where applicable

Comply Not Comply Not Relevant / Remarks Major Minor

1 Environmental Management System (EMS) 1.1 Changes in EMS 1.2 Effective discharge of environmental monitoring

responsibilities

1.3 Reporting requirements 1.4 Record keeping requirement 2 Land Erosion, Sedimentation and Flood Control 2.1 Maintenance of wheel wash trough 2.2 Maintenance of sedimentation ponds (SD1 and SD2) 2.3 Maintenance of sand bags 2.4 Maintenance of temporary earth drains 2.5 Rain gauge 3 Land Traffic Management System 3.1 Traffic control 3.2 Vehicle maintenance – noise and air pollution control 3.3 Vehicle operation – wheel cleaning, effective cover and

proper operations

3.4 Fugitive dust 5 Waste Management 5.1 Builders’ waste management 5.2 Domestic waste 5.3 Site toilet waste management system 5.4 Solid wastes from base camps 6 Site House Keeping 6.1 Sand stockpile

6.2 Liquid stockpile

6.3 Construction material stockpile

6.4 Site office

7 Water Quality Control 7.1 Silt trap discharge

7.2 Effluent discharge from base camp

8 Air Quality Control 8.1 Vehicle emissions

8.2 Machinery emissions

8.3 Fuel burning equipment emissions (gen-set / air compressor / piling power pack > 100 kVA)

9 Noise Level Control 9.1 Vehicle noise

9.2 Machinery noise

9.3 Human activities noise

10 Human Management 10.1 Functionality of Environmental Office

10.2 Dissemination of information to affected local businesses / residents (according to scheduled of works)

10.3 Register of Complaints Remedial / corrective actions undertaken Repetitive complaints

Inspected by: Checked by: Verified By:

____________________ ____________________ _______________

<Site Supervisor> <Environmental Engineer> <HSE Manager>

Date: Date: Date:

91

Attachment 4: EIA APPROVAL COMPLIANCE STATUS CHECKLIST With references to the above, the Department of Environment (DOE) is pleased to approve

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report for the Proposed Rupsha 800 MW Gas-fired

Combined Cycle Power Plant, Gas Supply to the Power Plant and Power Transmission

Interconnection Project at Khalishpur in Khulna District. This approval authorizes and regulates

the following activities:

No. Approval Condition No. Compliance Status (At The Time of CEAP Preparation)

1 This EIA report is approved only for 3 (Three) Component of the Project; i) The Proposed Rupsha 800 MW Gas-fired Combined Cycle Power Plant, ii) Gas Supply to the Power Plant & iii) Power Transmission Interconnection Project. Any expansion or extension or modification of this Project will be required further EIA study for the Environmental clearance from the Department Environmental (DOE)

Noted. The EIA will be followed accordingly.

2 The power plant technology should be maintained according to this EIA report Like Re-gasified LNG fuel, F-Class Gas turbine, Low Nox Burner, Air Cooled Condenser etc. In case of any changes in design consent must be obtained from DOE

Incorporated in the design of the CCPP

3 Project Proponent must implement the Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) policy. Any kind of Waste Water like blow-down water, Reject water etc. must not be discharged in the environment.

There will be now blowdown water as the cooling system is using Air Cooled Condenser instead of Wet Cooling Tower

4 Project Proponent may undertake activities for land development and infrastructural development of the said project

EPCC Contractor mobilised to site in February 2020.

5 Project Proponent may open L/C (Letter of Credit) for importing machineries for the project which shall also include machineries relating to pollution control devices

LC was issued on 29th January 2020

6 Activities must be carried out in a competent manner. This includes: a) The processing, handling, movement and

storage of materials and substances used to carry out the activity; and

b) The treatment, storage, processing, reprocessing, transport and disposal of waste generated by the activity.

Refer to Waste Management Plan (ECP 1 and ECP 2)

7 Construction works shall be restricted to day time hours so as to avoid/mitigate the disturbance of local lives as well as implementation schedules of the works shall be notified in advance to nearby residents.

Refer Noise and Vibration Management Plan (ECP 10). Noise monitoring to be conducted to ensure compliance

92


8 Storage area for soils and other construction materials shall be carefully selected to avoid disturbance of the natural drainage.

Refer Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (ECP 6)

9 In order to control noise pollution, vehicles & equipment shall be maintained regularly; working during sensitive hours and locating machinery close to sensitive receptor shall be avoided

Refer Noise and Vibration Management Plan (ECP 10). Noise monitoring to be conducted to ensure compliance

10 Proper and adequate on-site precautionary measures and safety measures shall be ensured so that no habitat of any flora and fauna would be demolished or destructed.

Refer Vegetation Clearance Plan (ECP 11) and Faunal Protection Plan (ECP 12)

11 All the required mitigation measures suggested in the EIA report are to be strictly implemented and kept operative/functioning on a continuous basis.

All required mitigation measures outlined in Chapter 5.

12 Any heritage sight, ecologically critical area, and other environmentally and/or religious sensitive places shall be avoided during construction phase.

Noted

13 Resettlement plan should be properly implemented and people should be adequately compensated, where necessary.

To be complied by Owner (NWPGCL)

14 Construction material should be properly disposed off after the construction work is over.

Refer Wastes Management Plan (ECP 1 and ECP 2)

15 The Environmental Management and Mitigation Plan included in the EIA report shall strictly be implemented and kept functioning on a continuous basis

All required mitigation measures outlined in Chapter 5.

16 Comprehensive Environmental Performance report, upon completion of the project shall have to be submitted to the Khulna divisional office of DOE at Khulna with a copy to the Head Office of DOE in Dhaka describing actual intervention and rehabilitation at the project site.

Noted

17 Seasonal monitoring of the susceptible places nearby the project sites for protecting ecosystem, biodiversity and forest coverage should be made using latest high resolution image for keeping ambient environment.

Aerial photographs using drone will be captured at regular intervals for progress monitoring

18 Air, water, soil, biological and social data should be monitored regularly with a network monitoring system and report of monitoring results should be submitted to Khulna Divisional Office and Headquarters of the Department of Environment simultaneously.

Refer Environmental Monitoring Programme in Chapter 6. The reports will be duly submitted.

93


19 Appropriate permission would require to be obtained from the Forest Department in favor of cutting/felling of any plant/tree/sapling forested by any individual or government before doing such type of activity.

Refer Vegetation Clearance Plan (ECP 11). The site had been cleared of vegetation during the demolition

20 Climate Change effect and maximum storm surge height shall have to consider at the design and construction phase.

Will be incorporated in the detailed design.

21 The project authority shall extend active cooperation to DOE officials to facilitate their visit to the site as and when necessary.

Noted

22 Any injunction order of this project from the Honorable High Court Division of Supreme Court shall render this approval void.

To be complied by Owner (NWPGCL) and EPCC Contract will comply accordingly

23 Instructions from the Honorable High Court Division of Supreme Court of this project shall strictly be implemented.

To be complied by Owner (NWPGCL) and EPCC Contract will comply accordingly

24 After Completion of the Project Construction and other pollution mitigation measures the project authority shall apply for Environmental Clearance along with No Objection Certificate (NOCs) from other relevant agencies for operational activity to the Khulna Divisional Office of DOE at Khulna with a copy to Head Office of DOE in Dhaka.


25 This EIA approval is valid for one year from the date of issuance and the project authority shall apply for renewal to the Khulna Divisional Office of DOE at Khulna with a copy to the Head Office of DOE in Dhaka.


26 Violation of any of the above conditions shall render this approval void.

Noted.

94

Attachment 5: The Layout of Temporary Facilities The layout is an independent document which is submitted separately.

Attachment 6: ENVIRONMENTAL CODE OF PRACTICES (ECPs)

The ECPs are an independent document which is submitted separately.

Attachment 7: The Master Table for Monitoring Schedule The Master Table for Monitoring Schedule is an independent document which is submitted

separately.

Attachment 8: Emergency Response Plan The Emergency Response Plan is an independent document which is submitted separately.

95

9.0 List of References EPC CONTRACT OF RUPSHA 800 MW COMBINED CYCLE POWER PLANT

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORTS ON RUPSHA 800MW

COMBINED CYCLE POWER PLANT PROJECT

Semi-Annual Environmental Report Jan. – June 2019

1

OWNER’S DOCUMENT NO. CONTRACTOR’S

DOCUMENT NO. DZ04(327).017-2020(1)

OWNER

OWNER’S ENGINEER

EPC CONTRACTOR


The Occupational Health and Safety and Hazard Assessment Plan (OHS PLAN)

PREPARED BY




1.0 2020/10/20 Liu Tao Project HSE

Manager Guo Yongjie

Project

Manager

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1 HSSE Policy and Objective ...........................................................................................4

1.1 EHSS Policy of NWPGCL .................................................................................... 4

1.2 HSSE Policy of EPC Contractor(SEC-AEN)......................................................... 5

1.3 Leadership and Commitment ............................................................................... 5

1.4 Objectives .......................................................................................................... 6

2

3

Legal requirements compliance...................................................................................7

2.1 Legal Requirements in Bangladesh.................................................................... 7

2.2 ADB SPS Policy Statements .............................................................................. 7

2.3 General Conditions of Contract .......................................................................... 8

Rules and Responsibilities ..........................................................................................9

3 .1 HSSE Organization............................................................................................ 9

.2 Roles and Responsibilities ............................................................................... 10 3

4

5

Register of OHS hazards and associated risks........................................................ 18

OH&S Management program.................................................................................. 18

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

.1 Site Induction ................................................................................................. 18

.2 Medical and First AID..................................................................................... 19

.3 Health & Safety Work Method Statement ....................................................... 20

.4 Crane Operation............................................................................................. 20

.5 Lifting Operation............................................................................................. 22

.6 Temporary works............................................................................................ 23

.7 Concrete Pumping ......................................................................................... 24

.8 Excavate and Trench ..................................................................................... 25

.9 Traffic Safety.................................................................................................. 26

.10 Isolate Hazardous Energy........................................................................... 27

.11 Temporary Electrical Work.............................................................................. 29

.12

.13

.14

.15

.16

.17

.18

.19

.20

.21

Inspect and Tag Electrical Equipment ......................................................... 30

Work at Heights .......................................................................................... 31

Scaffold....................................................................................................... 32

Elevated Work Platforms (EWP) ................................................................. 33

Work Box.................................................................................................... 34

Work near Overhead Power lines ............................................................... 35

Drill and Blast ............................................................................................. 36

Confined Spaces ........................................................................................ 37

Fire and Explosion Control.......................................................................... 38

Hot works.................................................................................................... 39

2

5.22

5.23

5.24

5.25

5.26

5.27

5.28

5.29

5.30

5.31

Hazardous Substances and Dangerous Goods .......................................... 40

Explosive Power Tools................................................................................ 41

Manual Handling......................................................................................... 41

Nuclear Density Devices............................................................................. 42

Lasers......................................................................................................... 43

Radiography ............................................................................................... 43

Vibration ..................................................................................................... 44

Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) ........................................................ 45

Pressure Equipment ................................................................................... 47

Working Over and Near Water.................................................................... 47

6

7

Competence and awareness of HSSE training........................................................ 49

Communication and consultation documentation .................................................... 51

7 .1 Communication.............................................................................................. 51

.2 Consultation................................................................................................... 56 7

8

9

1

Control Documents and Data Control...................................................................... 56

Emergency preparedness and response................................................................. 57

Performances monitoring and measurements...................................................... 57 0

10.1

10.2

10.3

Inspection & Monitoring .............................................................................. 57

Performance Reporting............................................................................... 59

Compliance Evaluation ............................................................................... 60

1 1 Non conformity, corrective action and preventive action/ accidents, incidents and non

conformance, corrective and preventive actions............................................................. 61

1.1 Incident Reporting.......................................................................................... 61

1.2 Analysis ......................................................................................................... 65

1.3 Corrective actions .......................................................................................... 65

1.4 Communication.............................................................................................. 65

Internal and external Audits.................................................................................. 66

1

1

1

1

12

1

1

1

2.1 Classification and Scheduling Audits........................................................... 66

Audit Procedure.......................................................................................... 67

Audit Reporting........................................................................................... 67

2.2

2.3

13 Management Review ........................................................................................... 67

1 3.1

3.2

Management Review Conduct.................................................................... 68

Management Review Reporting.................................................................. 69 1

Attachment 1.................................................................................................................. 70

3

4

1 HSSE Policy and Objective The Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS) 2009 of ADB sets out the requirements for

environmental safeguard that applies to all ADB-financed projects. As Rupsa 800 MW

power plant constructions will be financed by ADB thus the HIA study for this proposed

power plant will be guided by The Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS) 2009, Health

Impact Assessment, A Good Practice Sourcebook, 2018 and relevant policies.

1.1 HSSE Guide Line

The Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS) 2009 of ADB

EIA(ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT) of the Project.

ISO 14001:2015 Environmental management systems

OHSAS 18001:2007 Occupational Health and Safety Assessment Series

1.2 EHSS Policy of NWPGCL

North-West Power Generation Co. Ltd. (NWPGCL) is committed to environmentally

sound and socially responsible practices in all its business pursuits. NWPGCL

continually strive for better environment and social performance in its project life cycle

by providing safe and healthy work environment along with cordial relations with

community we work with. To ensure this, NWPGCL is committed to:

• Identify and manage risks as low as reasonably practicable where they have

the potential to cause an injury or ill health to people, or unacceptable impacts

on the environment or the community.

• Commit to prevention of Pollution and provide safe work places and systems

of work, empower employees, contractors and other stakeholders to address

unsafe or hazardous situations and carry out their work in a manner that does

not present a risk to themselves, others or the environment.

• Set objectives, targets and plans which seek to improve performance in

Environment, Health, Safety and Social (EHSS) aspects.

• Provide organizational and institutional arrangements for management of

environment and social issues.

5

• Ensure compliance with applicable national EHSS legal requirements and

other international best EHSS practices.

• Require contractors and other stakeholders to manage EHSS using

standards and practices that comply with this policy and guidelines.

• Social up-liftmen and social safety.

• Periodic Review and report EHSS performance regularly.

• The entire line management is responsible for establishing and over viewing

NWPGCL commitment to manage Environment Health & Safety and Social

aspect in accordance with this policy and monitoring the performance of the

Company with respect to its implementation. The Management of NWPGCL

is responsible for the implementation of the EHSS Management System to

ensure that the commitments made in this policy are being met.

1.3 HSSE Policy of EPC Contractor (SEC-AEN)

• Creation of healthy and positive humanities, development of green and

intelligent energy;

• Control of risks in the environmental safety, and building jointly a harmonious

ecological environment.

1.4 Leadership and Commitment

SEC & AEN (The EPC Contractor) is dedicated to providing green, environment protected,

intelligent, interconnected, comprehensive and systematic solution. We recognize the

important issue of environmental protection, concerning the survival of all the things on the

earth and the ecology. The ensuring of the occupational health and safety of the employees

is the basic premise to improve the social credibility of the corporate and its

competitiveness in the market. Wherefore, we are solemnly committed to:

a) persistence in the innovation, for the power station equipment and power station

works to be highly efficient and clean by the application of the most sophisticated

technologies and reduction of the use and consumption of the resources in the

6

full life cycle of the product, control of emissions and pollution and achievement

of the sustainable development;

b) More attention is to be paid to the health and safety of the employees than to the

economic interests of the enterprise

c) Take the environmental protection and occupational health and safety as an

important subject, to continuously improve the behaviors of the enterprise and

employees in the environmental protection and safety, and the utmost efforts are

to be made to assess impacts to the environment and safety in an early stage of

the operation with the prevention as early as possible for each employee to

participate actively in the operation of the environmental protection and

occupational health and safety management system.

d) compliance with laws and regulations and other requirements applicable to

environment /occupational health and safety, and constantly dedicated to

reducing environmental pollution and waste of energy, control of risks, prevention

of incidents and reduction of damages;

e) Active promotion of the improvement of the behaviors of related parties (suppliers

and users)concerning the environment and safety;

f) Assessment of the performance in the environmental protection/occupational

health and safety and acceptance of supervision by the society.

1.5 Objectives

Project safety is a primary responsibility of all management and supervision on the project.

Project Manager and Site Manager have overall responsibility for safety at each respective

location.

Specific HSSE targets for the project are as follows:

• Preventing environment pollution, prohibiting any illegal action relating to

environment.

• Preventing fatal accident, avoiding fire accident, prohibiting serious traffic

accident, controlling of slight wound accident.

7

2 Legal requirements compliance

2.1 Legal Requirements in Bangladesh

Bangladesh does not have its own specific OHS policy. There are a number of laws

and regulations that are have some provisions related to occupational health and

safety. Some of these laws have provisions on occupational hygiene, occupational

diseases, industrial accidents, protection of women and young persons in dangerous

occupations and also cover conditions of work, working hours, welfare facilities,

holidays, leave, etc. However, most of the laws lack in standard values and are rather

general in nature. The laws and regulations that falls into OHS aspects include:

• The Fatal Accidents Act,1855

• The Explosives Act, 1884

• The Explosive Substances Act, 1908

• The Poisons Act, 1919

• The Dangerous Cargoes Act,1953

• The Fire Prevention and Protection Act, 2003

• The Labour Act, 2006

• Labour Rules, 2015

• Noise Control Rule, 2006

• The RailwayAct,1890

• The Motor Vehicles Ordinance, 1983

• The Highways Act, 1925

• The Building Construction Act, 1952

• National Energy Policy

• Any other Act/Rules applicable to particular situation/activity/operation

2.2 ADB SPS Policy Statements

The Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS) 2009 of ADB sets out the requirements for

environmental safeguard that applies to all ADB-financed projects. As Rupsa 800 MW

power plant constructions will be financed by ADB thus the HIA study for this proposed

8

power plant will be guided by The Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS) 2009, Health Impact

Assessment, A Good Practice Sourcebook, 2018 and relevant policies.

2.3 General Conditions of Contract

(a) The Contractor shall at all times take all reasonable precautions to maintain the health

and safety of the Contractor's Personnel. In collaboration with local health authorities,

the Contractor shall ensure that medical staff, first aid facilities, sick bay, and ambulance

service are available at all times at the Site and at any accommodation for Contractor's

and Employer's Personnel, and that suitable arrangements are made for all necessary

welfare and hygiene requirements and for the prevention of epidemics.

(b) The Contractor shall appoint an accident prevention officer at the Site, responsible for

maintaining safety and protection against accidents. This person shall be qualified for

this responsibility, and shall have the authority to issue instructions and take protective

measures to prevent accidents. Throughout the performance of the Contract, the

Contractor shall provide whatever is required by this person to exercise this

responsibility and authority.

(c) The Contractor shall send to the Project Manager, details of any accident as soon as

practicable after its occurrence. The Contractor shall maintain records and make reports

concerning health, safety, and welfare of persons, and damage to property, as the

Project Manager may reasonably require.

(d) The Contractor shall disseminate, or engage appropriate service providers to

disseminate, information on the risks of sexually transmitted diseases, including

HIV/AIDS, to the employees of contractors engaged under the Project and to

members of the local communities surrounding the Project area, particularly women.

(e) The Contractor shall throughout the contract (including the Defect Liability Period):

(i) conduct Information, Education and Consultation Communication (IEC)

campaigns, at least every other month, addressed to all the Site staff and labor

(including all the Contractor's employees, all Sub-Contractors and Employer's

and Project Manager's employees, and all truck drivers and crew making

deliveries to Site for construction activities) and to the immediate local

9

communities, concerning the risks, dangers and impact, and appropriate

avoidance behavior with respect to of Sexually Transmitted Diseases (STD) or

Sexually Transmitted Infections (STI) in general and HIV/AIDS in particular;

(ii) provide male or female condoms for all Site staff and labor as appropriate; and

(iii) provide for STI and HIV/AIDS screening, diagnosis, counseling and referral to

a dedicated national STI and HIV/AIDS program, (unless otherwise agreed) of

all Site staff and labor.

The Contractor shall include in the program to be submitted for the execution of the

Facilities under Subclause 18.2 an alleviation program for Site staff and labor and their

families in respect of Sexually Transmitted Infections (STI) and Sexually Transmitted

Diseases (STD) including HIV/AIDS. The STI, STD and HIV/AIDS alleviation program

shall indicate when, how and at what cost the Contractor plans to satisfy the

requirements of this Subclause and the related specification. For each component, the

program shall detail the resources to be provided or utilized and any related sub-

contracting proposed. The program shall also include provision of a detailed cost

estimate with supporting documentation. Payment to the Contractor for the preparation

and implementation this program shall not exceed the amount dedicated for this

purpose.

3 Rules and Responsibilities

3.1 HSSE Organization

The HSSE Management Organization of the Contractor includes all personnel who

manage, perform and verify work affecting HSSE matters. An HSSE (Occupational Health,

Safety, Security and Environment) department, headed by HSSE Manager, will be

established at the site. The HSSE Manager will report the Site Manager and the Project

Owner. The HSSE department includes HSSE Officers and supervisors reporting to the

HSSE Manager. The HSSE department will mobilize as the work progress to reach full

mobilization at the peak of the site activities. As per the progress of the project execution,

10

numbers HSSE engineers/ inspectors will be increased with site activities and worker

numbers. All subcontractors are also must following the HSSE requirements.

Position Name Tel.

EPC Project Manager Mr. Guo Yongjie +88 01711592396

+86 13901963589

EPC Project HSE Manager Mr. Liu Tao +86 15102157625

EPC PROJECT MANAGEMENT

PROJECT MANAGER


(COMMERCIAL)


(CONSTRUCTION)

PROJECT CHIEF ENGINEER

DESIGN ENGINEER

BUDGET ENGINEER HSSE MANAGER

SECURITY MANAGER

HSE SUPERVISOR

HSE ENGINEER

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

CONSULTANT &LAB

SUBCONTRACTOR (CONSTRUCTION)

SUBCONTRACTOR (COMMISSIONING)

SUBCONTRACTOR (OPERATION)

SUBCONTRACTOR (DESIGN & OEM)

SUBCONTRACTOR (HSE SERVICE)






SUBCONTRACTOR PROJECT MANAGEMENT

PROJECT OWNER & OWNER’S ENGINEER

MANAGEMENT

HSSE OFFICER & EXPERTS

EPC HEAD OFFICE MANAGEMENT

HSSE OFFICER

Figure 3.1 HSSE Management Organization Chart

3.2 Roles and Responsibilities

Project Owner HSE Officer

Ensuring all the applicable environmental requirements outlined in this CEAP

is duly implemented by the Contractor

11

Liaising and updating of the Project’s environmental compliance to DOE

Bangladesh

Ensuring the committed budget for environmental protection are duly

implemented by the Contractor

Head Office HSE Officer

Supervise project management team HSE performance and process to meet

company requirements.

Support the project management team when there appears some difficult or

emergency.

Inspect the site periodically to improve the HSE performance.

Project Manager

Responsible for developing, implementing and administering HSSE

Programs.

Responsible for staffing of project and to provide necessary funds and

resources for HSSE matters.

Chairing the HSSE Committee Meeting.

An environmental meeting shall be conducted at least once a month to

include representatives from Project Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors,

Environmental Consultant and Environmental Consultant from Owners’

Engineer (OE) (Local and/or International Experts)

Deputy Project Manager (Construction)/ Project Site Manager

Responsible for implementing of the Company’s HSSE Policy

Plan and execute all works so as to comply with the stated objectives of the

HSSE Plan

Ensures that all levels of supervision are adequately qualified and have

appropriate training

Be responsible for the safety of all work activities at site

12

Ensure that provision is made for suitable and sufficient equipment to enable

the job to be done with minimum risk

Co-ordinates safety activities between clients and any other contractors who

may be working in the same site

Ensure the HSSE Manual, system, procedures and guidelines are provided

so as to effectively

Reprimands any employee who fail to observe safety practices

Project Manager to chair HSSE committee meeting (Alternate to Project

Director)

HSSE Manager

Lead and drive a common and consistent risk based HSSE culture throughout

the project.

Develop and lead implementation of the HSSE as required by the Contract

and in line with corporate and legislative requirements in relation to project

Develop an integrated approach to HSSE and Hazard & Effects Management

across project and contractors

Reviewing HSSE tender document/contract and ensuring all applicable

environmental requirements are strictly complied with

Reviewing customer HSSE documentation as required (Policies, Procedures,

etc.) and perform Gap Analysis when required.

Identifying any client audit requirements and tentative schedules.

Verify the hazard assessment, environmental aspects and impact of activities,

products and services identified by respective departments.

Ensuring all applicable environmental requirements are cascaded into

subcontract documents

Should collect and assess subcontractors EHS and OHS documents.

Continuously monitor the compliance of subcontractors on environmental

requirements and providing measures to rectify the incompliance immediately

13

Responsible for the maintenance of site machineries and equipment. All machineries and tools on site must be recorded on log book.

Ensure that adequate fire precautions and adequate fire-fighting equipment and access are maintained.

Communicate and allocate responsibility to sub-contractors and others having cause to visit the site from time to time.

Project Engineer

Plan and execute all works so as to comply with the stated objectives of the

HSSE Plan

Ensure that provision is made for suitable and sufficient equipment to enable

the job to be done with minimum risk

Co-ordinates safety activities between clients and any other contractors who

may be working in the same site

To advice and work closely with the SHO and SSS on the safe use of tools,

equipment and machineries

To advice and work closely with SHO and SSS in developing Safe Work

Procedures on work activities

Safety and Health Engineer/HSE Engineer

Make safety inspection of job sites and take necessary immediate corrective

action to eliminate unsafe acts and condition

Review accidents reports, determine the cause and recommend corrective

action to the Project Manager

Provide appropriate safety material and information for use in conducting

safety meeting

Conduct safety briefing

Assist in preparation and conducting of serious accident investigation

Implement training programs for recognition individuals employee’s safety

efforts and their contribution towards improved safe work method

Responsible for the necessary safety equipment, including employee

personal protective equipment

14

Report directly to the Project Manager and Project Director

Security Manager

To monitor and ensure all employees and individuals observe and abide

overall Rules and Regulations whilst in the work site

To safeguard Project assets (employees and properties) from any misconduct

and/or criminal activities

To maintain a professional code of ethics in line with the Project

To closely supervise subordinates and to ensure that all security tasks and

functions are executed as per directives

To conduct preliminary action on any arising security risk situation and

applies containment plan

To timely address any complaints/reports received and to update the

immediate superior

To ensure all security system and hardware are functioning and to report any

failure immediately

To treat all security matters in a highly confidential manner and shall not

disclose any information

To response and execute all requirements of SEC Emergency Response

Procedures

Environmental Engineer

Conducting daily site inspections and documenting any breach in compliance

in non-compliance worksheets

Issuing the non-compliance worksheets to related party and demanding the

corrective / preventive actions be carried out within a reasonable time based

on the nature of the incompliance

To witness the environmental sampling works by the appointed

Environmental Monitoring Consultant

Reviewing the Environmental Reports submitted by the Environmental

Monitoring Consultant to ensure the sampling works are conducted in

accordance to all established methodologies, standards and protocols;

15

Conducting regular training (daily toolbox talks and scheduled trainings) to all

workers in the Project site pertaining to environmental (i.e. wastes handlings,

erosion / sediment control, dust control, heavy equipment / vehicle emissions

control, fuel spillage control etc.).

Responsible for & ensure all environmental issues of the project comply with

local Regulations.

To attend monthly site meeting

To assist Project Manager any matters related to the environment issue

To ensure environmental compliance at construction site

To communicate and convey any environmental issue with project

management team

Note: The daily environmental inspection checklist in Attachment 3 will be maintained

daily log and records kept for checking at site by OE’s Environmental Consultant during

site visit.

Medical Team

Ensure medical provisions are full maintained as required

Manage the life or death emergency on the work site upon patient admission

Health education to patients, also observe and promote best site hygiene

sanitation practice at the site location

Ensure that all teams have a First Aid Kit and stationed with full supply

Prepare a list of the most common diseases and ensure with local hospital,

which ones may need treatment by a local specialized doctor

Keep record on patients admission and diseases.

Site Safety Supervisor/ HSE Supervisor

Organize site so that work is carries out in the required standard with

minimum risk to workers, equipment and material

Reinforce the use of personal protective equipment

Plans and provide good housekeeping

Assure that equipment and tools are maintained in good condition

16

Ensure that verbal instruction is fully understood and check back to see that

they are carried out as intended

Ensure that workers know how to apply first aid and proper care is taken to

prevent all injuries

Participate in the conducting of supervisory investigation of all accidents

Attend safety meeting

Take immediate action to correct unsafe practice or conditions as discovered

To conduct the Tool Box Talk

Subcontractor Safety Supervisor

Instructing workers under his supervision in safe work practice and work

methods at the time of work assignment

Supplying and enforcing the use or proper protective equipment and suitable

tools for the job

Ensure that workers are properly instructed on safety precaution to be taken

before they are allowed to start work

Correct unsafe act such as horseplay or taking of unnecessary risks

Attend safety meeting with his workers when required

Seeing that prompt first aid is administered to an injured person

Report immediately to the SSS or SHO any violations of safety and unsafe

condition that he cannot immediately correct himself

Setting a good example to his men

Workers/Employees

All employees irrespective of their position, have to comply with their

Company’s HSSE Rules, Regulation and all Statutory Requirement

All Employees shall take reasonable care for health and safety of themselves

and of others who may be affected by their action or omission

All employees shall comply with instruction given for their own health and

safety

All employees shall use safety or protective equipment correctly and not

render them inoperative

17

Report all hazards to their immediate Team Leader or Supervisor

Report all accident, injury or occupational illness which may arises while

conducting their job

Refrains from horseplay and abuses of safety device, equipment and welfare

facilities

Environmental Monitoring Consultant

Conduct sampling and monitoring as prescribed in Table 6.1

QA / QC on the monitoring results from laboratory and advise for re-test or re-

sampling in case of detection of outlier results which does not commensurate

with the site conditions during sampling

Prepare monthly environmental monitoring report

Advise on the preventive / corrective actions necessary in the case on detection

of breach of environmental limits


Environmental Laboratory

Analyse the samples in according to established standards and protocols

Advise the Environmental Consultant on sample handling, preservation and

transport to from the sampling site to the laboratory to prevent degradation of

samples during transit

Environmental Consultant from Owner’s Engineers (Local & International)

Ensure due implementation of the CEAP by the Contractor

Review the Environmental Monitoring Report prepared by the Environmental

Monitoring Consultant

Collating all related environmental reports and environmental monitoring

reports on a half-yearly basis and prepare the Semi-Annual Environmental

Report to ADB

Advise the Project Owner on the potential breaches in contract if detected

breaches in environmental limits or practices are not rectified in a reasonable

time frame;

18


4 Register of OHS hazards and associated risks Detailed in the Attachment 1: List of Hazard Source Identification and Risk Assessment.

5 OH&S Management program

5.1 Site Induction

All Project personnel must successfully undertake the site induction prior to working on the

site. All personnel who attend and satisfactorily complete the induction assessment are

issued with a site pass.

Records are to be maintained of all site inductions in accordance with SEC’s Document

and Record Management procedure. Personal details are to be retained for emergency

purposes along with evidences of any competency.

A visitor’s induction has been developed to explain the site conditions applicable to their

entry and outline the necessary regulatory PPE that is needed to be worn. This includes

the requirement for all delivery drivers to satisfactorily complete a delivery driver induction

and the issuing, carriage and validity of site passes.

Action summary：

Implementation Actions

Responsible Person

Tools When

Develop site induction Project HSE Manager

Visitor induction brief

On Mobilization

Develop site induction management system

Project HSE Manager

Visitor register Visitor identification tags Visitor PPE Visitor signage

On Mobilization

Communicate site induction management process

Project Manager Visitor Induction On Mobilization

Develop visitor induction

Project HSE Manager

Visitor induction On Mobilization

19


Responsible Person

Tools When

Develop visitor management system

Project HSE Manager

Visitor register Visitor identification Visitor PPE Visitor signage

On Mobilization

Communicate visitor management process

Project Manager Visitor Induction On Mobilization

Develop driver induction Project HSE Manager

Conditions of Site Entry (Driver Induction)

On Mobilization

Develop visitor management system

Project HSE Manager

Delivery Driver Register Driver identification Delivery driver signage

On Mobilization

Communicate deliver driver management process

Project Manager Driver Induction On Mobilization

5.2 Medical and First AID

SEC will provide appropriate Medical facilities by establishing an in house clinic that include:

A sick bay with capacity of 4 beds for the use of personnel seeking for treatments

A reception area and waiting room

Doctor’s room with bed for examination

Sick bay while waiting for transfer to a relevant hospital

The clinic will be well equipped with basic facilities to deal with routine illness, injuries and with emergency treatment until being transfer to nearest hospital

Medical Officer for the duration of normal working hours on each working day for routine consultation and to deal with injuries and emergencies.

Qualified nurses on a 24hours per day basis

SEC will comply with Local Guidelines on First Aid

SEC will ensure that all first aid facilities provided at site comply with the Regulation

20

5.3 Health & Safety Work Method Statement

Health & Safety Work Method Statements (SWMS) are used on the Project in assessing

risks health and safety risks relating to work being performed and in applying suitable

controls.

Note: The development of EWMS shall take into account the controls stipulated in the

Project Risk Register and the HSE Legal and Contractual Compliance Register.

Action summary:


Responsible Person

Tools When

Setup site SWMS system

Project Manager

SWMS template Register of SWMS SWMS review checklist Document control for SWMS

On award

Setup site SWMS approval process

Project Manager List of SWMS approvers

On award

Communicate site SWMS process Project Manager

Induction Contractor kick off meeting

On award

Monitor SWMS implementation

Authorized Supervisor and/or Engineer

Task observations Ongoing

Review SWMS Authorized Supervisor and/or Engineer

SWMS review checklist Ongoing

5.4 Crane Operation

The purpose of planning ensures that cranes used on the Project have the capability to

perform the intended purpose and that the integrity of the plant and equipment is such that

it can be operated safely using a safe system of work.

Through the project procurement process, the Project shall ensure that cranes, of all types,

used throughout the Project must satisfy the relevant statutory requirements, code of

practice with respect to safe working and competent operation by applying the Pre-

Procurement Safety Assessment.

With any crane arriving to the project site, the Project shall perform a thorough pre-erection

inspection, by an authorized Plant Pre-Acceptance Inspector, and testing to ensure all

21

cranes are safe to operate once installed. Plant risk assessments are to be conducted to

evaluate the potential impact to on site safety and traffics which is additional to the required

work activity risk assessment, SWMS.

Load test of the cranes should be conducted before the first task on site, after overhaul,

and at least one time test every year.

The Project shall train and/or verify competency of all crane operators prior to

commencement of work. In verifying compliance to the safe system of work, the Project

shall undertake regular inspections and task observations with records of compliance,

regular inspections, maintenance and servicing together with operator certification must be

provided and maintained throughout the duration of the Project.

To verify compliance to the safe system of work, the Project shall undertake regular

inspections and task observations with records of compliance, regular inspections,

maintenance and servicing together with operator certification which is to be provided and

maintained throughout the duration of the Project.

Tower Cranes

Prior to any tower crane erection, the planning process shall cover assembly and

commissioning.

Action summary:


Responsible Person

Tools When

Setup crane management system

Project Manager Procurement safety specifications Plant hazard identification and risk assessment Pre-Procurement safety assessment Crane condition inspection Plan register

On award

Setup site plant pre-acceptance process

Project Manager

Mobile/Tower Crane procedures

On mobilization

Identify crane pre-acceptance inspectors

Project Manager List of mobile/tower crane pre-acceptance inspectors

On mobilization

Communicate site crane process

Project Manager Induction Contractor kick off meeting

On mobilization

22


Responsible Person

Tools When

Monitor implementation


Task observations Monthly Inspection and observation schedule

Ongoing

Inspect crane (ongoing)


Crane inspection checklist Monthly Inspection and observation schedule

As per schedule

5.5 Lifting Operation

Due to the high risk nature of lifting operations, the Project is required to provide methods

for the management, certification, operation, maintenance and inspection of lifting

equipment. The Project is to plan all lifting operations, particularly in regards to all non-

routine lifts, as defined in “Manage Lifting Operation”, as authorized lift plans are required

to satisfy the relevant statutory requirements, codes of practice and standards.

Lift Planning

A Lift Plan Approver shall be appointed to ensure all required safety provisions on the Lift

Plan are taken into consideration in the preparation of SWMS and is promptly carried out.

The introduction of any new lifting equipment requires a visual inspection with all details

needing to be recorded and thereafter a quarterly visual inspection regime will be applied.

Lifting Equipment Inspections

The Project shall undertake regular inspections and task observations to verify compliance

with the safe system of work.

Action summary:


Responsible Person

Tools When

Setup lifting equipment and lift plan management system

Project Manager Lift plan Lift plan register Lifting Equipment Register Quarterly lifting equipment checklist “Manage Lifting Equipment” procedure

On award

23


Responsible Person

Tools When

Setup site lifting equipment pre-acceptance process

Project Manager “Manage Lifting Equipment” procedure

On mobilization

Identify lifting equipment pre-acceptance inspectors

Project Manager Quarterly lifting equipment checklist

On mobilization

Communicate site lifting equipment process


On mobilization




Ongoing

Inspect lifting equipment (ongoing)


Quarterly lifting equipment checklist Monthly Inspection and observation schedule

As per schedule

5.6 Temporary works

The Project shall provide and maintain safe systems of work to manage temporary works,

satisfy the relevant statutory requirements, codes of practice and standards relating to

formwork, with respect to the safe erection and, in turn, stripping of formwork, as well as

complying with the safe placement of concrete. There is an emphasis on planning to ensure

that all systems are in place that prevents not only the collapse of formwork but also other

hazards that may exist during both the erection and stripping of formwork.

All work activities associated with the temporary structures from the design to stripping are

managed by the appointed Temporary Work Coordinator. Competent design personnel

carry out a thorough temporary design verification and proof checking process to ensure

all safety requirements have been taken into consideration. Furthermore, the construction

and stripping of temporary works and formwork may only commence following the risk

assessment (SWMS) and any appropriate engineering approval, complemented with

supervision.


inspections and task observations.

24

Action summary:


Responsible Person

Tools When

Setup temporary work design and construction processes

Project Manager

Formwork drawing checklist Formwork design checklist SEC temporary works design certificate Temporary works design proof-check certificate “Manage temporary Work” procedure

On award

Appoint Temporary Work Coordinator

Project Manager

On mobilisation

Communicate temporary work design and construction processes

Project Manager

Induction Contractor kick off meeting

On mobilisation


Temporary Work Coordinator


Ongoing

Inspect temporary work (ongoing)

Temporary Work Coordinator

Temporary work checklist Monthly Inspection and observation schedule

As per schedule

5.7 Concrete Pumping

Planning and preparation is essential in ensuring all work is carried out safely, with the

Project providing methods for the management, risk assessment, certification, operation,

maintenance and inspection of concrete pumps in order to satisfy the relevant statutory

requirements, codes of practice and standards.

Inspections and Risk Assessment

The Project shall perform a thorough pre-erection inspection to ensure the pump is safe to

operate by a nominated Plant Pre-Acceptance Inspector, with the arrival of any pump to

the project site. Plant risk assessments and concrete placement plans are to be conducted

for all concrete pumps to evaluate their impact on the sites safety and traffics in addition to

the required work activity risk assessment, SWMS.

Operator Competency

25

The Project shall train and/or verify competency of all concrete pump operators prior to the

commencement of work and to verify compliance to the safe system of work, the Project

shall undertake regular inspections and task observations during the execution of the work

activity.

Action summary:


Responsible Person

Tools When

Setup concrete pump management system

Project Manager Procurement safety specifications Plant hazard identification and risk assessment Pre-Procurement safety assessment Concrete pump checklist Plan register “Manage Concrete Pump” procedure

On award

Setup site plant pre-acceptance process

Project Manager “Manage Concrete Pump” procedure

On mobilisation

Identify concrete pump pre-acceptance inspectors

Project Manager List of concrete pump pre-acceptance inspectors

On mobilisation

Communicate site plant process


On mobilisation


Authorised Supervisor and/or Engineer


Ongoing

Inspect concrete pump operation (Ongoing)


Concrete pump operation checklist Monthly Inspection and observation schedule

As per schedule

5.8 Excavate and Trench

The Project shall provide the safety systems of work relating to excavation and trenching

that comply with relevant statutory requirements, codes of practice and standards. The

safety systems shall consider requirements for planning and execution of the works,

excavation depth criteria, access and egress, barricades and signage, excavation around

Live Services and the prevention of collapse.

26

The Project shall appoint a Permit to Excavate Approver to ensure all required safety

provisions on the permit are taken into consideration in the preparation of SWMS, and are

effectively being carried out. It is essential to recognize the impact on the surrounding

community, soil types, site contamination, blasting danger, traffic and vibration effects,

harmful gases and fumes, hazardous substances, water management, work space,

working unaccompanied, and noise.

The preparation of a SWMS will establish the safest and best way to execute excavation

activities, with the Project then undertaking regular inspections and task observations

during the all work activities to verify compliance to the safe system of work. All the slopes

of the excavations should be supported and the boundary of excavations more than 2

meters deep should be protected by temporary fence.

Action summary:

Implementation Actions Responsible Person Tools When

Setup permit to excavate management system

Project Manager

Permit to excavate Permit to excavate register “Excavate and Trench” procedure

On award

Appoint permit to excavate issuer

Project Manager On mobilisation

Communicate site permit to excavate process


On mobilisation

Monitor implementation Authorised Supervisor and/or Engineer


Ongoing

Inspect excavation and trenching (Ongoing)


Excavation inspection checklist Monthly Inspection and observation schedule

As per schedule

5.9 Traffic Safety

The Project shall establish safe systems of work to manage traffic during the execution of

the Project, satisfy the relevant statutory requirements, codes of practice and standards.

27

A Traffic Management and Control Plan for the Project consider the use of vehicles and

mobile equipment in all contexts, including the Project site and where there may be

situations where there is potential hazards to the public that require controls. As with all

hazards, traffic hazards standard risk management procedures apply.

Traffic Control Coordinator

A Traffic Control Coordinator has been appointed to assist the Project in the development

of the Traffic Management Plan, coordinate project traffic and approve the Traffic Control

Plans to mitigate the traffic risks associated with the project work activities.

The Project shall undertake regular inspections and task observations during the execution

of the work activity to verify compliance to the safe system of work.

Action summary:

Implementation Actions Responsible Person Tools When Develop Project traffic management plan

Project Manager Traffic Management Plan

On award

Setup traffic management system

Project Manager

Traffic Management Plan Traffic control plan Traffic control plan register “Manage Traffic safety” procedure

On mobilisation

Appoint traffic control plan approver


Communicate site traffic management process


On mobilisation



Ongoing

5.10 Isolate Hazardous Energy

The Project shall define and implement safe systems of work for the isolation of hazardous

sources of energy, including electrical, mechanical (i.e. moving and rotating parts, fluids

and gases under pressure) hazardous substances and other sources of energy.

Guidance in applying safe practice relating to isolation of hazardous energy note the

following HSE requirements:

28

The Project shall ensure their PTW system is applied to control all work that requires energy isolations. The combined PTW and Isolation process shall comply with the SEC standards.

The Project shall appoint an Authorized Permit Issuer to ensure all required safety provisions of the permit are taken into consideration in preparing SWMS, and to ensure the hazardous energy is isolated, verified and de-isolated correctly and promptly. Hazardous energy sources need to be identified and all relevant parties notified and equipment secured allowing for isolation tags and locks to be put in place, verifying the hazard and create an awareness of the isolation. The format of permits of works is detailed in Attachment 2.

Critical attention is to be paid to the competence of persons being selected for the issuing and holding of permits. The Project Manager must review, confirm and accept or reject the contractor's nominated persons as being competent and suitable to correctly perform the delegated task of Authorized Permit Issuer and/or Authorized Permit Holder.

Isolation can only be carried out by authorized persons, who must be suitably qualified and competent in the equipment and authorized by the PM or PC.

Common systems for isolating by lock and tag are established prior to work commencing;

The Project shall provide adequate hardware and equipment to support its lock-out and tag-out program. Information tags shall be used to identify equipment:

- Isolated under the PTW system

- Out of service, damaged or not safe to use

- Has restricted access for commissioning, testing, start-up etc.

The Project Isolation program, including that used by a PC, for working on energized or previously energized equipment must comply with the SEC procedure for isolation.

Action summary:


Responsible Person Tools When

Setup site isolation process

Project Manager Isolation permit Isolation permit register “Isolate Hazardous Energy” procedure

On award

Appoint authorised permit issuer


Communicate site isolation process


On mobilisation

29





Ongoing

5.11 Temporary Electrical Work

The Project shall implement safe systems of work for the design, installation, inspection,

testing and certification of temporary electrical installations at SEC’s controlled

construction and demolition work places.

Procedural guidance in applying safe construction practice relating to the management

temporary electrical work notes the following HS requirements:

Any electrical installation, plant, materials, equipment or apparatus must be designed, constructed, installed, protected, maintained and tested to minimize the risk of electrical shock or injury.

All electrical work or alterations shall conform to IEC standards or equivalent standards such as AS/NZS3000 - Electrical Installations, and ASNZS3012 - Electrical installations - Construction and demolition sites.

A Temporary Electrical Plan shall be developed in consultation with electrical designers and electrical contractors with the issuing of a Compliance Certificate mandatory with the completion of the installation.

The plan shall specify frequency and inspection and testing of installed, fixed, re-locatable or portable electrical equipment.

Persons working on electrical plant or equipment must possess the appropriate qualifications, licences and approvals.

Action summary:

Implementation Actions Responsible Person

Tools When

Conduct the Project power requirement assessment

Project Manager On award

Setup temporary electrical work system

Project HSE Manager

Compliance certificate for temporary electrical work Temporary switchboard & RCD register

On award

Appoint Temporary Electrical Contractor


30


Tools When

Develop Temporary Electrical Plan

Project Manager Temporary Electrical Plan

On mobilisation

Obtain Compliance Certificate


Compliance Certificate for temporary electrical work

Ongoing

Inspect temporary electrical work (ongoing)


Temporary work checklist Monthly Inspection and observation schedule

As per schedule

5.12 Inspect and Tag Electrical Equipment

The Project shall provide systems for testing and tagging to ensure all electrical equipment

introduced onto the Project site are safe to use in accordance with the relevant statutory

requirements, code of practice and standards.

Guidance in applying safe construction practice relating to inspection and tagging of

electrical equipment shall follow the HSE requirements:

Upon introduction of any electrical equipment, testing must be carried out and the details of the test recorded.

Thereafter Project shall ensure all portable electrical equipment is inspected, tested and tagged (color coded) quarterly. Color coding will be in line with the standard construction industry practice as follows:

Colour Period of Currency

Red January to March

Blue April to June

Green July to September

Yellow October to December

The Project shall develop and implement procedures that cover the use, storage and maintenance of portable electrical equipment in accordance with the requirements of IEC standards or equivalent standards such as AS/NZS3760 – In-service safety inspection and testing of electrical equipment, AS/NZ3012 - Electrical Installations – construction and demolition sites or the equivalent IEC standard.

31

To verify the compliance to the safe system of work, the Project shall undertake regular

inspections and task observations.

Action summary:


Responsible Person

Tools When

Setup electrical testing and tagging system

Project Manager Testing Register for Electrical Equipment and Extension Leads

On award

Nominate site electrical equipment inspector(s)


Communicate the process


On mobilisation



Ongoing

Test and tag electrical equipment (ongoing)


Testing Register for Electrical Equipment and Extension Leads

Quarterly

5.13 Work at Heights

The Project shall establish safe systems of work that prevent people and material from

falling from heights, whilst satisfying the relevant statutory requirements, codes of practice

and standards.

The application of the Hierarchy of control must be thoroughly carried out in the planning

process.

SWMS shall be developed in consultation with the workers responsible for carrying out

work, outlining the control measures to be implemented for each type of hazard. This

information will then be communicated to all relevant personnel prior to the commencement

the work after which a Working at Heights Permit can be issued by an appointed Working

at Heights Permit Issuer.

The Project shall undertake regular inspections and task observations during the execution

of all work at height activities to verify compliance to the safe system of work.

All equipment and work platforms used for work at height shall be inspected prior to use

and at specified periods thereafter and entered the inspection records in the log book.

Action summary:

32


Tools When

Setup site working at heights process

Project Manager Working at Height Permit Working at Height Permit register “Work at Height” procedure

On award

Appoint authorised Working at heights permit issuer

Project Manager “Work at Height” procedure

On mobilisation

Setup Verification of Competency process

Project Manager “Train and Assess Competency” procedure

On mobilisation

Communicate the site process


On mobilisation



Ongoing

5.14 Scaffold

The Project shall establish safe systems of work for the erection, application and

maintenance of scaffolding and associated specialist equipment on the Project in

accordance with the relevant statutory requirements, codes of practice and standards.

Prior to the erection of any scaffolding on site, an erection plan and SWMS shall be

prepared and approved by the Project. All scaffold structures need to be designed by

scaffold design engineers who will develop a scaffold plan that is to be approved and

followed by the Project.

Throughout the erection of all scaffolds on site, regular inspections and task observations

are to be undertaken to verify compliance with the safe systems of work. At the completion

of all scaffolding erections, an inspection along with a handover certificate shall occur

before the attachment of a “Scaffold”. The Project must then ensure specific requirements

are fulfilled with regards to mobile scaffold and swing stage/ suspended scaffold which are

detailed in the Manage Scaffold procedure.

33

After all scaffolding erections, regular inspections shall be conducted on site, regardless of

the type or size, with particular attention to be paid to all Scaffolds from which a person

could fall four (4) meters or more, as it must be inspected by a competent scaffolder.

Action summary:


Tools When

Setup site working at height process

Project Manager Scaffold handover certificate Scaffold register “Erect Scaffold” procedure

On award

Appoint authorised scaffold handover certificate issuer

Project Manager “Erect Scaffold” procedure

On mobilisation

Communicate site scaffold process


On mobilisation



Ongoing

Inspect scaffold (Ongoing) Authorised Supervisor and/or Engineer

Scaffold inspection checklist Monthly Inspection and observation schedule

As per schedule

5.15 Elevated Work Platforms (EWP)

The Project shall establish systems of work to allow for the safe operation of Elevated Work

Platforms (EWP) whilst still satisfying the relevant statutory requirements, codes of practice

and standards. Plant Risk assessments are to be conducted for all plants to evaluate their

impact on site safety and traffic in addition to the required work activity risk assessment,

through SWMS.

All safe systems of work procedures for Plant and Equipment are to be complied with in

accordance with Manage Elevated Work Platforms (EWP) procedure detailed in the HSE

Manual. This includes:

pre-acceptance inspection by an authorised Project nominated Plant;

requirements for maintenance and registration of EWP equipment; and

34

training and accreditation of all EWP operators.


inspections and task observations, with records of compliance, regular inspections,

maintenance and servicing together with operator certification being provided and

maintained throughout the duration of the Project.

Action summary:


Responsible Person

Tools When

Setup EWP management system

Project Manager Procurement safety specifications Plant hazard identification and risk assessment Pre-Procurement safety assessment Plant pre acceptance inspection checklist Plan register “Manage EWP” procedure

On award

Setup site EWP pre-acceptance process

Project Manager “Manage EWP” procedure On mobilisation

Identify EWP pre-acceptance inspectors

Project Manager List of EWP pre-acceptance inspectors

On mobilisation

Communicate site EWP process


On mobilisation




Ongoing

Inspect EWP (Ongoing)


Scissor Lift Checklist Boom lift / Cherry picker checklist Monthly Inspection and observation schedule

As per schedule

5.16 Work Box

The Project shall provide systems for the safe use of a work box, which is also known as

man cage. The system shall include the requirements for the PTW and SWMS when using

a Work Box. Requirements for operation of a crane with suspended personnel must also

35

be satisfied in accordance with relevant statutory requirements, codes of practice and

standards.

The Project shall appoint a Work Box Permit Approver to ensure all required safety

provisions on the permit are taken into consideration in the preparation of SWMS and in

turn are effectively implemented. After the introduction of work box, inspection shall be

carried out quarterly with the results to be recorded in the Project HSE Register.

Action summary:


Responsible Person

Tools When

Setup man box management system

Project Manager Work box permit Work box permit register Quarterly lifting equipment checklist “Use Man Box” procedure

On award

Setup site lifting equipment pre-acceptance process

Project Manager “Use Man Box” procedure On mobilisation

Identify lifting equipment pre-acceptance inspectors

Project Manager Quarterly lifting equipment checklist

On mobilisation

Communicate site man box process


On mobilisation



Ongoing

Inspect man box (ongoing)


Quarterly lifting equipment checklist Monthly Inspection and observation schedule

As per schedule

5.17 Work near Overhead Power lines

The Project shall identify and assess the level of the risk of all overhead power lines both

on the site and in relevant surrounds that could pose a risk to any Project work activities.

Hereafter, the Project shall provide safe systems of work for working near overhead power

lines as well as comply with relevant statutory requirements, codes of practice and

standards.

36

The Project shall appoint a Permit Approver to ensure all required safety provisions on the

permit are taken into consideration in the preparation and implemented of SWMS on the

Project effectively. With the arrival of any mobile plant onto the project site, the height of

the plant shall be checked with special clearance needing to be required for all mobile plant

with a height greater than 3.5m.

Additional precautions must be taken by the Project when stockpiling material in the vicinity

of power lines and new overhead power lines where new crossing points or roads are being

constructed. All work involving the moving of plant into the vicinity of a power line requires

a Permit which are prescribed in the HSE Manuals Procedural guidance section.

Action summary:



Setup work near overhead power line safety system

Project Manager Mobile equipment height register Power line height register Permit to move in the vicinity of power line and its register “Work near Overhead Power line” procedure

On award

Identify overhead power line and erect warning signs

Project Manager “Work near Overhead Power line” procedure

On mobilisation

Appoint approver for permit to move in the vicinity of power line

Project Manager “Work near Overhead Power line” procedure

On mobilisation

Communicate working near overhead power line process


On mobilisation




Ongoing

5.18 Drill and Blast

The establishment of Project systems for the safe operation of drilling and blasting,

including a detailed execution of the Blast Warning Checklist shall also outline the

responsibilities and competencies for safe and effective blasting practice at the site. This

shall make sure requirements are clearly defined and understood by all parties involved in

37

drill and blast operation, whilst maintaining that the Project complies with the relevant

statutory requirements, codes of practice and standards.

The Project will employ a specialist subcontractor in explosives or blasting who will be

responsible for many of the core blasting processes, with the system also to include a blast

record that will be maintained for each shot to assist in planning further blasts, control of

blasting practices and documentation, in the event of an accident or complaint.

Action summary:



Setup drill and blast safety system

Project Manager Blast warning checklist “Drill and Blast” procedure

On award

Communicate drill and blast process


On mobilisation



Ongoing

5.19 Confined Spaces

Working in confined spaces requires not only the implementation of the safe systems of

work but also a Permit to Work System. Work permit documents should be maintained and

preserved. The system shall provide technical advice on protective equipment for confined

spaces, ventilation and for isolating services prior to entering and satisfy the relevant

statutory requirements, codes of practice and standards.

This approach stresses the need to isolate all potentially hazardous services normally

connected to the confined space, and to prevent the ingress of any materials, contaminants

or energy. Prior to any work in a confined space taking place, the supervisor in charge of

the work must conduct a risk assessment analysis with the crew, addressing all aspects of

the planned scope of work including SWMS, confined space entry permit, emergency and

rescue procedures.

Action summary:

38


Responsible Person

Tools When

Setup confined space safety system

Project Manager Confined space register Confined space entry permit Confined space entry permit register “Manage Confined Space” procedure

On award

Identify confined spaces and erect warning signs

Project Manager “Manage Confined Space” procedure

On mobilisation

Appoint confined space entry permit issuer(s)

Project Manager “Manage Confined Space” procedure

On mobilisation

Communicate confined space process


On mobilisation




Ongoing

5.20 Fire and Explosion Control

Fire and Explosion Control Plan is to be established for the Project in order to reduce the

risk of fire and explosion to a minimum, ensure the earliest detection of fire and respond

appropriately should a fire or explosion occur.

The safe management systems that apply to Fire & Explosion Control for the Project are

detailed in the Section 4 of the HSE Manual noting in particular the following HSE

Requirements:

Minimizing the Risk of Fire and Explosion;

Appointment and training of Fire wardens;

Immediate actions to be taken in the event of a Fire or Explosion; and

Emergency response considerations.

Action summary:

39


Responsible Person

Tools When

Setup Fire & Explosion safety system

Project Manager Hazardous Substances and Dangerous Goods register Hazardous Substances and Dangerous Goods management system audit Fire & Explosion procedure

On award

Appoint Fire Officer

Project Manager “Manage Hazardous Substances and Dangerous Goods” procedure

On mobilisation

Communicate Fire & Explosion process


On mobilisation



Task observations Hazardous Substances and Dangerous Goods management system audit Monthly Inspection and observation schedule

Ongoing

5.21 Hot works

All site activities that involve hot works require a Permit to Work, which prescribes the

necessary control of risks as outlined in the Project’s implemented systems. The controls

include the removal of combustible materials, the provision and wearing of personal

protective equipment and communications. The permit identifies the hazards, the

equipment used in performing the work and fire-fighting equipment with the need for most

of management’s effort to be concentrated on the development of the SWMS in

consultation with the personnel carrying out the specific task. Effective implementation

thereafter is necessary whilst still satisfying the relevant statutory requirements, codes of

practice and standards.

Action summary:


Responsible Person

Tools When

Setup hot work safety system

Project Manager Hot work permit Hot work permit register “Manage Hot Work” procedure

On award

Appoint Project Manager “Manage Hot Work” procedure On mobilisation

40


Responsible Person

Tools When

Communicate hot work process


On mobilisation




Ongoing

5.22 Hazardous Substances and Dangerous Goods

Prior to the delivery of any chemicals to the site, a system for the safe management of

Hazardous Substances and Dangerous Goods (HS&DG) must be implemented by the

Project with the plan to comprise a risk assessment, HS&DG Register, training, work

instructions, inspection checklists and other systems for their safe use and disposal.

The plan shall satisfy all relevant statutory requirements, codes of practice and standards

to manage Hazardous Substances and Dangerous Goods within this framework, address

licensing/ notification requirements for bulk storage of hydrocarbons, Hazard Codes,

Signage and chemical incompatibilities (i.e. potentially hazardous combinations). The

system will outline the duties of the Hazardous Substances and Dangerous Goods

Coordinator and the purpose of the HS&DG register as a control.

Action summary:


Responsible Person

Tools When

Setup HS&DG safety system

Project Manager Hazardous Substances and Dangerous Goods register Hazardous Substances and Dangerous Goods management system audit Hazardous Substances and Dangerous Goods plan “Manage Hazardous Substances and Dangerous Goods” procedure

On award

Appoint HS&DG coordinator

Project Manager “Manage Hazardous Substances and Dangerous Goods” procedure

On mobilisation

Communicate HS&DG management process


On mobilisation

41


Responsible Person

Tools When



Task observations Hazardous Substances and Dangerous Goods management system audit Monthly Inspection and observation schedule

Ongoing

5.23 Explosive Power Tools

The Project shall establish the minimum requirements for the safe operation of Explosive

Power Tools (EPT) with requirements mainly covering compressed air tools and high

velocity EPTs, whilst still satisfy the relevant statutory requirements, codes of practice and

standards. The SH&E Work Method Statement will cover Charges and Fasteners Working

Environment Preparation for the Work and the procedure gives specific requirements for

the safe usage of compressed air, including risk assessment and control measures.

Action summary:

Implementation Actions Responsible Person Tools When Setup EPT safety system Project Manager EPT register

“Manage Explosive Power Tools” procedure

On award

Appoint EPT inspector Project Manager “Manage Explosive Power Tools” procedure

On mobilisation

Communicate EPT management process


On mobilisation



Ongoing

5.24 Manual Handling

Manual handling is a frequent and diverse form of work and as such the Project will detail

the required methods for identifying, assessing, and controlling risks as a general guideline

to personnel. As result of the diversity of tasks being undertaken on site, the challenge

42

then lies in the control measures with a range of potential solutions existing ranging from

modifying the task, to employing mechanical aid or awareness of training courses.

The Project will comply with relevant statutory requirements, codes of practice and

standards.

Action summary:


Tools When

Assess work activities Project Manager Manual handling assessment “Manage manual handlings” procedure

On mobilisation

Communicate manual handling control requirements


On mobilisation

Conduct awareness training Project Manager Contact Corporate HSE Training Manager

Ongoing



Ongoing

5.25 Nuclear Density Devices

The Project will provide the site with methods required for the safe operation of Nuclear

Density Devices (NDDs), including the issue of Nuclear Device Permits which are

controlled through legislation, and their use will comply with the relevant statutory

requirements, codes of practice and standards. Though careful use of the NDD will ensure

the risk remains acceptable, supervisors should be aware of safe storage and handling

issues, as well as the possible need for licensed operators.

Action summary:



Setup nuclear device safety system

Project Manager Nuclear device permit Nuclear device permit register “Manage Nuclear Density Devices” procedure

On award

43



Appoint nuclear device permit issuer

Project Manager “Manage Nuclear Device” procedure

On mobilisation

Communicate nuclear device process


On mobilisation



Ongoing

5.26 Lasers

Laser Devices to be used particularly in surveying applications will comply with relevant

statutory requirements, codes of practice and standards as well as have the Project

establish requirements for safe operations to prevent the potential to cause eye damage.

In ensuring the risk remains at an acceptable level, supervisors should assess the risk,

establish an exclusion zone, and maintain staff awareness of hazards through pre-starts

or toolbox talks.

Action summary:


Responsible Person

Tools When

Communicate safety requirement

Project Manager Induction Contractor kick off meeting “Manage Laser” procedure

On mobilisation

Conduct awareness training

Project Manager Contact Corporate HSE Training Manager

Ongoing




Ongoing

5.27 Radiography

The Project will implement safe systems of work for all radiography practices and comply

with relevant statutory requirements, codes of practice and standards. The systems will

describe the requirements for the Permit to Work System for Radiography, as well as

outline the correct techniques and uses of radiographic instrumentation for Project

44

personnel. Reasonable care ensures the risk remains acceptable, although there is still the

potential health risks involved with operation and as such the Project should comply with

the outlined acceptable human radiation dosage whenever radiographic techniques are

employed.

Action summary:


Responsible Person

Tools When

Setup radiography safety system

Project Manager Radiation permit Radiation permit register “Manage Radiography” procedure

On award

Appoint radiation permit issuer

Project Manager “Manage Radiography” procedure

On mobilisation

Communicate radiography management process


On mobilisation



Ongoing

5.28 Vibration

The Project will establish requirements to manage risks associated with vibration, with all

Project Personnel on site potentially being faced with a range of vibration sources with the

potential to cause harm. As such the Project must implement controls.

Action summary:


Responsible Person

Tools When

Assess work activities Project Manager Vibration hazard assessment checklist “Manage Noise” procedure

On mobilisation

Communicate vibration control requirements


On mobilisation

45


Responsible Person

Tools When



Ongoing



Task observations Vibration hazard assessment checklist Monthly Inspection and observation schedule

Ongoing

5.29 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

PPE is one of the least effective ways of controlling risks to health and safety and should

only be used:

when there are no other practical control measures available (as a last resort)

as an interim measure until a more effective way of controlling the risk can be used, or

to supplement higher level control measures (as a back-up).

A worker who is provided with PPE by a person conducting a business or undertaking must:

use or wear the equipment in accordance with any information, training or reasonable instruction provided by the person conducting a business or undertaking, so far as they are reasonably able

not intentionally misuse or damage the equipment

advise the person conducting a business or undertaking of any damage to, defect in or need to clean or decontaminate any of the equipment that they are aware of.

If the PPE is uncomfortable or does not fit properly, the worker should consult with their

manager. PPE used at a workplace must be:

selected to minimize risk to health and safety;

suitable for the nature of the work and any hazard associated with the work;

a suitable size and fit and reasonably comfortable for the person wearing it;

Repaired or replaced so it continues to minimize the risk, including ensuring the equipment is clean, hygienic and in good working order.

46

Selection processes must include consultation with workers and their health and safety

representatives and should also include:

detailed evaluation of the risk and performance requirements for the PPE

ensuring compatibility of PPE items where more than one type of PPE is required (e.g. ear muffs with a hard hat)

consultation with the supplier to ensure PPE is suitable for the work and workplace conditions

Preference for PPE that complies with the relevant Australian Standard or equivalent standard.

The following PPE should be provided to all workers when at the construction workplace:

head protection (e.g. hard hats must be worn to protect against falling objects or collision with fixed objects, tools or plant)

foot protection (e.g. safety boots with toe and mid-sole protection such as steel cap boots)

eye protection (e.g. goggles or glasses when working with power or machine tools and pressure equipment; face shields should be worn when handling hazards chemicals; suitable welding goggles must be worn for gas welding and cutting; welding helmets should be worn for electric arc welding; welding screens will protect the eyes of other persons from welding flashes)

gloves

high visibility clothing.

The Project will establish requirements on personal protective equipment (PPE) in

compliance with relevant Standards and consider the Hierarchy of Controls, prior to the

election of any PPE.

Action summary:


Responsible Person

Tools When

Assess work activities

Project Manager “Manage PPE” procedure

On mobilisation

Communicate PPE requirements


On mobilisation



Ongoing

47


Responsible Person

Tools When




Ongoing

5.30 Pressure Equipment

The Project will provide safe systems of work for the operation of pressure vessels to

establish minimum controls whilst complying with the relevant statutory requirements,

codes of practice and standards. Once the pressure equipment is identified, it is necessary

to assess the hazard to ensure all exposed personnel receive adequate training and

conduct rigorous checks of the equipment for the duration of the Project.

Action summary:


Responsible Person

Tools When

Setup pressurised equipment safety system

Project Manager Pressure equipment inspection checklist Pressure vessel register “Manage pressurised equipment” procedure

On award

Appoint inspector Project Manager “Manage pressurised equipment” procedure

On mobilisation

Communicate management process


On mobilisation



Task observations Pressure equipment inspection checklist Monthly Inspection and observation schedule

Ongoing

5.31 Working Over and Near Water

All work activities on the Project are to consider working over or near water in order to

minimize any risk to personnel or the environment and to ensure compliance with

legislative requirements.

Guidance in applying safe construction practice relating to working over or near water note

the following HSE requirements:

48

Conduct risk assessment;

Develop SWMS in consultation with the personnel carrying out the specific task, outlining the control measured to be implemented;

Eliminate/control hazards;

Retrieving Flooded/Submerged Equipment;

Information, Instruction and Training;

Managing contractors;

Plan and control PPE; and

Planning and implementing Rescue.

Note: This excludes specific operating procedures for dredges, diving and travel over

water on commercial carriers.

Action summary:


Responsible Person

Tools When

Setup Working Over or Near Water safety system

Project Manager Working Over or Near Water procedure

On award

Communicate Working Over or Near Water process


On mobilisation




Ongoing

5.32 Work during extreme weather condition.

The risk to the health of workers increases as condition further away from those

generally accepted as comfortable. Long exposure to the hot sun can create Heat

Stress.

• Restriction of long exposure to hot sun by re-organizing tasks to build in rest

periods or break from work. This will allow workers to rest in an area where the

environment is comfortable.

Concern the change of the weather and monitor the work site during extreme weather

condition.

• Use of suitable clothing which is to be heat resistant.

49

• Suitable areas or shades should be made available for workers to shelter from the

sun or heavy rain.

• Provide sufficient clean drinking water and encourage workers to drink more at all

times to combat dehydration.

6 Competence and awareness of HSSE training All personnel involved with the Project shall possess the required Certificates of

Competency relevant to the tasks they shall be assigned for the country or region in which

the Project is based.

Competency and Training procedural guidance is covered in Section 3 of the HSSE

Manual noting in particular the following requirements:

HSSE training is designed, developed, delivered and validated taking into account competency requirements, levels of risk and the nature of the position.

A Project Training Coordinator shall be assigned to administer competency certification and coordinate the various training activities required for the Project

HSSE competency and training requirements form part of the Project Competency and

Training Matrix referenced in the Project Execution Plan.

The construction of Power Plant involves many risky and hazardous activities such as

working at height, working in confine space, lifting heavy parts and also working in deep

excavation pit. All workers involve need to be trained and few of them need to attend

special training.

This project also involves foreign workers mostly from China who are skilled and

experienced in their fields. There will be a change in knowledge, technique, technology

and also working culture between the foreign and local workers.

SEC will ensure all foreign workers having a valid work permit and follow the Bangladesh

Labour Act 2006 throughout the project.

The programme addressed the importance of safe and healthy working conditions where

incidents which may lead to injury and fatality can be avoided and risks minimized. No

worker should be allowed to perform any activity without proper training or at least being

brief of the basic safety and the potential risks they are facing on their daily job.

50

Some of the training requires participation of selected people which in turn would be

assigned to handle specific tasks and some training will involve everyone.

Listed is the training:

Course Frequency Course Leader Participant

Safety Induction As and when new

personnel arrived HSSE Manager New/All Workers

Safety Refreshment

Training As and when is required HSSE Manager All Workers

Safety Briefing/ Training When Required/Work

Stages HSSE Manager All Workers

First Aid Every 6 months Medical Team Key Personnel

Fire Fighting Every 6 months HSSE Manager Key Personnel

Working at Height New batch of workers or

every 6 months refresher HSSE Manager Linesman

Confined Space New batch of workers or

every 6 months refresher HSSE Manager

Workers working in

confined space

Emergency Response

Plan (ERP)


every 6 months refresher HSSE Manager

Key Personnel/

Subcontractor

Scaffolding New batch of workers or

every 6 months refresher HSSE Manager Scaffold Erector

Liquid Fuel / Chemical

Handling and Spillage

Control



Environmental


Solid Wastes

Management



Environmental


Hazardous Wastes

Management



Environmental


51

Dust Control New batch of workers or


Environmental


Heavy Vehicle /

Equipment Emissions

Control



Environmental


Stormwater Management

(Erosion and

Sedimentation Control)



Environmental


7 Communication and consultation documentation

7.1 Communication

HSSE Communication internally within the company, and with external interested parties

(e.g. Customers, authorities, contractors, visitors, community groups, etc.) is conducted in

accordance with any separate SEC Consultation & Communication procedure. The flow

diagram for internal and external HSSE communications is shown in Figure 7.1.

Project Owner & Owner’s EngingeerPublics

Requirements

Reporting/Notifying

Government Auhorities

Issues

Response

EPC Contractor Project Management

Issues Response

Sub-contractor Project Management

Issues Response

Environmental Consultant(s)

Issues

Solution

Figure 7.1: Flow Diagram for Internal and External HSSE Communications

Internal HSSE Communication

Effective methods for internal communication of HSSE matters include:

• Inductions;

• Notice boards;

52

• Hazard Report forms;

• Email;

• Intranet pages (global, regional, location);

• Training sessions;

• Lunch and Learn sessions;

• Alerts;

• Newsletters;

• Toolbox meetings;

• Pre-start meetings;

• HSSE consultation arrangements;

• Issue resolution process; and

• Knowledge database(s).

HSSE Issue Resolution

Formalized processes described in HSSE Issue Resolution procedure, shall be adopted

for documenting and resolving HSSE issues raised by workers.

HSSE issues are reported to the immediate supervisor and documented by the originator

on the Hazard Report Form. This form may also be used for non-hazard related issues

e.g. communication concerns, grievances, opportunities for improvement, etc.

Where the reported issue is a hazard of significance, the work process is stopped where

required and does not recommence until safe to do so.

HSSE issues are resolved in consultation with workers and other interested parties. If an

issue remains unresolved it is referred to the HSSE Committee (where applicable) or

Project/Site/Office Manager who attempts to resolve the issue in consultation with the

initiating worker.

If the HSSE Committee or Project/Site/Office Manager is unable to resolve the issue, it

may be referred to the relevant statutory authority.

Feedback is provided to the initiating worker and resolved issues are closed out on the

Hazard Report Form.

Toolbox Meetings

53

Onsite HSSE toolbox meetings (or talks) are held on a monthly basis or as determined and

recorded in the HSSE Plan. The frequency of toolbox meetings should take into

consideration the frequency of other HSSE communications and awareness sessions

delivered at the workplace, along with the content covered at daily pre-start meetings.

Details from the meeting and attendance are recorded using the Toolbox Meeting Form.

The agenda for HSSE toolbox meetings includes:

• Status of items from previous meetings;

• HSSE awareness topics (e.g. presentations and guest speakers);

• Customer safety items;

• Results of workplace inspections and audits;

• HSSE Committee feedback (where applicable);

• Incidents and near misses;

• Hazard reports;

• Environmental concerns;

• Progress of work on site;

• Proposed changes to workplace, processes, equipment, etc.;

• Worker feedback/concerns and continuous improvement items; and

• Other items, comments on topics and further information required.

Toolbox meetings may be held in conjunction with daily pre-start meetings, but at least

once per month, are required to address the toolbox meeting agenda items and shall be

recorded on the Record of Toolbox Meeting form.

Members of senior management participate in Toolbox meetings when visiting site.

Meeting minutes are distributed to interested parties and records filed and maintained.

Pre-start Meetings

Pre-start meetings shall be conducted at the project site on a daily basis (before

commencement of the daily activities). The Pre-Start Brief shall typically include:

• Progress of work on site and any proposed changes, noting any outcomes or

actions of incidents, near misses or hazards reported from previous day;

• The work to be conducted for the day;

54

• SWMS’s and permits in place for the day noting specific hazards and risks

associated with the work to be conducted on that shift.

• Nominated first aiders for the shift;

• Protection arrangements (if any);

• Specific PPE requirements for work associated with that shift; and

• Emergency procedures.

Pre-start meetings shall be recorded using Pre-start Meeting Form.

Leadership Site Visits

Senior management participate in regular Leadership Site Visits. The purpose of the

visits is to demonstrate HSSE leadership and commitment by communicating with workers

on HSSE issues and participating in a workplace HSSE activity (e.g. Toolbox meeting,

HSSE committee meeting, personal hazard identification, workplace inspection, pre-start

meeting, etc.).

Project/Site HSSE Meetings

The Project/Site Manager schedules and conducts internal HSSE meetings at least once

a week. These meetings may involve contractors, specific engineering discipline

representatives and/or the HSSE Manager/Advisor as appropriate.

Where a Principal Contractor has been contracted to carry out ‘high risk’ construction work,

PC shall ensure that notification of high risk activities is communicated to the SEC HSSE

representative prior to the work being carried out (e.g. critical lifts, non-destructive testing,

commissioning etc.) As a minimum there should always be a task specific pre-task

toolbox involving all persons involved in the task before 'high risk' construction work is

undertaken that reviews all hazards, associated risks, required controls and the

SWMS/JSA for that specific work.

The Principal Contractor shall determine by risk assessment an appropriate frequency for

refresher training including for project site and task specific inductions

Customer/Joint Venture/Alliance HSSE Meetings

HSSE review meetings are scheduled as necessary with customers, joint venture partners

or alliance members to ensure compliance with the requirements of the site/HSSE Plan

55

and arrangements. These meetings are conducted between nominated representatives

as appropriate at least once a month.

A communication plan has been prepared and presented in Table 7.1 while carrying out

the communication plan modifications of process and planning may be done as per the

Project’s requirement.

Table 7.1 Communication Plan

Stakeholder Information/Message Communication Means

Timing/ Frequency

Responsibility

PAPs

Project awareness

(general project

information, etc.)

Consultations Regular basis Project Authority

Employment

opportunities

Government

procedure: for new

recruitment at AE

position informed

public by TV, radio,

newspaper

(English / Bangla);

for others, NWPGCL

internal system.

4 weeks before

recruitment/job

opening

PIU, NWPGCL

Grievance redress to

be continued

throughout project

implementation period

Consultations,

Application, Register Office time

Local

Administration

and Project

Authority

General

population

(Local)

Job, opportunities,

CSR

Poster, local daily

newspaper,

consultation

3 to 4 weeks

before

recruitment

PMU, NWPGCL

Fire Service Incidents of disasters Telephone, cell

phone

Immediately

when any

incident is

detected

PMU, NWPGCL

Police Station Incidents of disasters

and security issues

Telephone, cell

phone

Immediately

when any

incident is

detected

PMU, NWPGCL

56

7.2 Consultation

Appropriate consultation arrangements for HSSE matters are established, agreed,

documented and communicated for each SEC project. HSSE consultation arrangements

include:

• Consultation relating to local governing legislation;

• Formal consultation arrangements with customers, local authorities or the general

public;

• Establish HSSE committee where agreed or required by legislation;

• Process for resolving HSSE issues in the workplace;

• Communication including displaying consultation information;

• Other methods of consultation (e.g. workplace inspections, risk assessments,

incident investigations, day-to-day discussion, etc.); and

• Review of consultation arrangements (periodic or ad hoc).

Stakeholder Engagement Team

In the event that the consultation arrangements affect or include outside parties, such as

customers, local authorities or the general public, the consultation procedure shall be

reviewed by a location Stakeholder Engagement Team before it is put into use. The project

management team shall organize the negotiation meeting with the stakeholders at the

beginning of the project and maintain the regular communication with the stakeholders at

least once every 6 months to avoid any complaint from them.

8 Control Documents and Data Control SEC HSSE documents and records are managed through relevant SEC management

system.

For every Project all HSSE documents and records generated, whether hard copy or

electronic, shall be registered and controlled in accordance with requirement detailed in

the relevant procedures specified in the Project Plan (PEP or HSSE Plan).

Key aspects include:

Document Control

57

Clear definition of responsibilities for the creation, modification, review, approval and distribution of all HSSE management system documents;

Processes for the distribution and control of health and safety management system documents;

Processes for the review of health and safety management system documents when changes occur due to legislation, business needs or as a result of incident investigations; and

Processes for the periodic review of health and safety management system documents to ensure the procedures remain adequate and relevant for the operations of the business units.

Records Management

Identification of the types of health and safety records that need to be maintained to demonstrate compliance with the implemented health and safety management system;

Identification of the types of health and safety records that must be maintained to meet regulatory requirements;

Clear responsibilities for the maintenance of relevant health and safety records;

Processes for the indexing, filing and storage of health and safety records for easy access and retrieval;

Clear specification of retention periods and disposal authority and methods for health and safety records that meets legislative requirements and business needs;

Processes to maintain security and confidentiality of pertinent health and safety records; and

Processes for the request and release of health and safety records.

9 Emergency preparedness and response Detailed in the document Emergency Response Plan of RUPSHA Project.

10 Performances monitoring and measurements

10.1 Inspection & Monitoring

Formalized procedures HSSE inspections and monitoring shall be defined in project or site

management plans.

58

Where a deviation from a workplace’s controlled conditions could result in significant harm

to person, the environment or property, or breach legal obligations (e.g. license conditions),

appropriate monitoring and reporting are established and documented using HSSE Project

Inspection and Monitoring Schedule.

The type and frequency of inspections/monitoring is determined by:

The hazards found in the workplace and the associated risk;

Regulatory, customer and other requirements;

Time frames identified in any management plans;

Recent changes in the workplace that require monitoring; and

Findings from past audits and inspections.

Inspection and monitoring shall cover all areas and aspects of the project including

construction activities and site offices.

Examples of workplace hazards that require monitoring include, but are not limited to: noise,

dust, biological agents, lead, asbestos, etc.

Exposure Monitoring and Environmental Monitoring shall be conducted by a suitably

qualified/competent/licensed person or organization.

Immediately following an inspection, results are discussed with relevant supervisors after

which corrective actions shall be initiated

Improvement suggestions identified through HSSE inspection and monitoring programs

may progress directly to the Process Improvement Procedure.

A copy of the completed checklist is retained and filed following a review by the Project

Manager.

Informal Inspections

Visiting senior managers shall participate in site inspections when attending project sites.

All workers and management are also required to conduct informal inspections of their

area of control on a daily basis, initiating corrective actions where appropriate.

Environmental Monitoring

59

Environmental monitoring is required on all Greenfield and Brownfield sites in accordance

with the conditions set out in environmental approvals issued by Government or Regulatory

Authorities.

Target Monitoring

The project monitor the targets working out at the beginning of the year every six months,

analyze the completion of the targets and the cause of deviation, seek opportunities for

improvement.

10.2 Performance Reporting

HSSE performance monitoring and reporting is critical to ensuring HSSE programs and

project plans are effective in:

Eliminating or controlling risks associated with hazards,

Ensuring legal and other requirements are complied with; and

Overall HSSE performance is measured and monitored against HSSE objectives and targets.

HSSE performance monitoring is conducted via workplace inspections and monitoring

programs and reporting. Internal/external audits and management review processes,

covered in separate Standards, also provide assurance that HSSE performance monitoring

processes remain effective.

Project/Site Managers shall provide written monthly reports to owner functional managers

on the following:

Summary of incidents and near misses, including injuries and environmental incidents;

Environmental complaints received;

Non-compliance with any elements of the HSSEMP;

Customer/joint venture/alliance reporting;

Hours worked on site; and

Project Managers may use standardized HSSE Reporting Forms.

60

Where a Principal Contractor (PC) is appointed the PC shall provide a weekly health and

safety performance report to SEC representative as part of the weekly status report. The

report shall cover the following information:

Incidents and near misses (including investigation reports);

Hours worked of all contractors on site;

Safety behavior observations (positive and negative);

Hazard observations;

Visible leadership activities including site visits (project/construction management team proactive involvement in HSSE);

Numbers of workers completing inductions;

Audits, inspections, non-conformances, observations corrective action details;

Emergency drills, other health, safety and environment related training;

Drug and alcohol testing;

Environmental reporting as required by legislative requirements including rehabilitation, flora & fauna, waste management, cultural heritage and landholder liaison issues;

Public complaints; and

Any notices, fines or prosecutions initiated by an Authority or notified to the Contractor.

10.3 Compliance Evaluation

The HSSE team shall measure compliance with the requirements of this standard. This

shall be undertaken in accordance with the SEC HSSE Performance Measurement

procedure and Compliance Evaluation procedure.

61

11 Non conformity, corrective action and preventive

action/ accidents, incidents and non conformance,

corrective and preventive actions SEC views the reporting of hazards, near misses and incidents and the subsequent actions

taken to investigate and put in place corrective actions as being critical to achieving zero

harm.

It is important that all hazards, incidents, including near misses, are reported, recorded and

investigated regardless of how minor they may be perceived. This is to enable controls to

be identified and implemented to minimize the risk of the circumstances around this

incident leading to an accident.

All workers must be instructed to report near misses to their supervisor for action as soon

as possible or prior to the end of the shift.

All incidents and hazards reported shall be adequately investigated and analyzed by the

appropriate level of management in accordance with the potential consequence (maximum

reasonable consequence). Essential factors and root causes shall be identified and

corrective actions implemented.

11.1 Incident Reporting

SEC defines an incident as any unplanned event which results in or has the potential to

result in any of the following:

Work related injury or illness;

Dangerous occurrence or near miss;

Property damage;

Environmental threat or damage;

Social disruption; and

A condition of legal non-compliance.

All incidents are reported via the incident reporting processes described in relevant SEC

Incident Reporting and Investigation procedure. Key measures used in reporting incidents

is summarized below.

62

Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR)

Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR) may be used to measure overall safety

performance taking into account Total Recordable Cases (TRC) that is a combination of

commonly used incident reporting, such as:

Lost time Incident (LTI);

Restricted Work Day Injury (RWDI); and

Medical Treatment Injury (MTI).

TRIFR is the combination of these incidents over a rolling 12 month period divided by the

hours worked for the same period.

TRIFR = TRC x 200,000 / Hours worked

(In accordance with OSHA Standards 200,000 is used as the basis for comparison against

hours worked)

Definitions of these and other criteria used for reporting project incidents are as follows:

Lost Time Incident (LTI)

An LTI is a work-related injury/illness/disease resulting in the employee/subcontractor

being certified by a suitably qualified medical professional as unable to attend work on the

next calendar day after the day of the injury.

Restricted Work Day Injury (RWDI)

An RWDI is a work related injury/illness/disease which results in the employee being

unable to perform one or more of their routine functions, or from working the full day on or

after the next calendar day after injury/illness/disease. An injury is not regarded as a

restricted work injury when the medically imposed restrictions limit activities other than their

routine functions.

63

Medical Treatment Injury (MTI)

An MTI is a work related injury/illness/disease resulting in the management and care of a

patient to combat disease or disorder, including wound closing devices such as sutures,

staples; loss of consciousness etc. It does not include:

Visits to physicians or other licensed health care professional solely for observation or counselling;

The conduct of diagnostic procedures, such as X-rays and blood tests, including the administration of prescription medications used solely for diagnostic purposes (eg. eye drops to dilate pupils etc.); and

First Aid Cases.

First Aid Case

A First Aid Case is recorded when first aid treatment is required as a result of a work related

injury or illness/disease. First aid is one or more of the following:

Using a non-prescription medication at non-prescription strength (for medications available in both prescription and non-prescription form, a recommendation by a physician or other licensed health care professional to use a non-prescription medication at prescription strength is considered a medical treatment);

Administering tetanus immunisations (other immunisations, such as Hepatitis B vaccine or rabies vaccine, are considered medical treatment when given in the context of an injury);

Cleaning, flushing or soaking wounds on the surface of the skin;

Treatment of superficial burns;

Using wound coverings such as bandages, band-aids, gauze pads etc. or butterfly bandages or steri-strips);

Using hot or cold therapy;

Using any non-rigid means of support, such as elastic bandages, wraps, non-rigid back belts, etc. (devices with rigid stays or other systems designed to immobilise parts of the body are considered medical treatment);

Using temporary immobilising devises while transporting an accident victim (eg: splints, slings, collars, back boards etc.);

Drilling a fingernail or toenail to relieve pressure, or draining fluid from a blister where underlying fracture has been excluded;

64

Using eye patches;

Removing foreign bodies from the eye using only irrigation or a cotton swab;

Removing splinters or foreign material from areas other than the eye by irrigation, tweezers, cotton swabs or other simple means;

Using finger guards;

Using massages (physical therapy or chiropractic treatment are considered medical treatment); and

Drinking fluid for relief of heat stress.

Near miss

A near miss is any occurrence or a situation which potentially could have caused adverse

consequences to people, the environment, property, or reputation, or a combination of

these but which did not.

Environment Incident

An environment incident is any incident that has an impact or potential to cause impact

upon the surrounding environment including community complaints.

Damage Incident

A damage incident is any incident that results in property damage, component failure or

similar.

Serious Incidents

For any serious incident involving a fatality, or permanent disability, the incident scene

must be left untouched until witnessed by a representative of the Police or the relevant

authority. This requirement does not preclude immediate first aid being administered and

the scene made safe.

65

11.2 Analysis

Incident analysis shall be commissioned and the incident analysis team assembled by a

supervisor as soon as possible after an incident. The composition of an incident analysis

team is typically multi-disciplinary and is dependent on the actual or potential incident

outcomes.

The key aim of incident analysis is to identify control measures that will prevent a

recurrence. The focus should be on identifying system deficiencies rather than

apportioning blame.

Incident analyses are to be completed within prescribed time frames. Records are kept

in accordance with Standard 9 of the HSSE Management System.

11.3 Corrective actions

SEC Management is to be involved in the review and implementation of the

recommendations made by the incident team and have a responsibility to authorize,

develop and resource any required actions.

All actions taken and completion dates must be clearly documented in writing and signed

off when completed. Incident report forms or associated documentation shall be readily

accessed and available for audit. Some actions will only be implemented after a time

determined by availability of equipment, training or windows of change. This time delay is

not to prevent timely communication of the incident report.

The project/site manager ensures that all incident notification forms and incident

investigation forms are properly completed with root causes identified. Corrective actions

are reviewed for completion and effectiveness.

11.4 Communication

Findings and outcomes of investigations are discussed and reviewed regularly at

project/site progress meetings, health and safety committee meetings and other health and

safety meetings.

External incident and near miss data, investigation reports and lessons learned are

communicated internally and assessed for improvement opportunities.

66

12 Internal and external Audits The purpose of this Standard is to provide a framework for the systematic and structured

auditing of the SEC HSSE Management System to assess the effectiveness,

implementation and maintenance of the system identifying areas for improvement. It is

designed to cover the audit scope, frequency, responsibility, requirement and reporting

requirements.

An audit program is developed based on the significance of the activities’, that impact on

HSSE outcomes and results from previous audits. This includes all lifecycle phases of a

Project.

The outcome of HSSE Project audits and reviews determines whether SEC HSSE

management systems are effective in achieving planned objectives and targets.

12.1 Classification and Scheduling Audits

SEC audits are scheduled according to classification and level within the organization.

The various audit types are classified as:

Statutory compliance audits;

HSSE Management System compliance audits

Workplace inspection audits

Contractor evaluation audits; or

Behavioral and observational audits.

For projects the levels of audit that may apply include:

Site operational internal audits;

Group compliance audits; and

External third party audits.

Scheduling of audits of the SEC HSSE Management System is typically coordinated by

the SEC Business Unit responsible for the Project in accordance with SEC Group

directives.

67

12.2 Audit Procedure

Audits are conducted in accordance with the SEC’s Safety Audit procedure. Various tools

and forms have been developed and are to be utilized to measure and record systems

effectiveness during the audit process.

The frequency and scope of assessments reflect the complexity of the operation, level of

risk and performance history and are conducted by multi-disciplinary teams, including an

appropriate mix of external and independent expertise.

12.3 Audit Reporting

Notification of Results

Audit findings and any corrective action recommendations are communicated to the

relevant Manger at the level at which the audit was initiated.

Performance Improvement Plans

Performance improvement plans incorporate corrective actions to address non-

conformances. Inspections are conducted to identify hazard controls and performance

improvement is effectively implemented in accordance with SEC, customer and applicable

regulatory obligations.

13 Management Review Management reviews are undertaken to determine the effectiveness of the SEC HSSE

Management System and to facilitate the continual improvement of the HSSE

management system.

Article 5.5 defines the accountabilities and requirements for conducting mandatory periodic

management review of the HSSE Management System to ensure on going achievement

HSSE objectives and targets.

Management system review of operational sites and projects follows a “bottom-up”

approach that takes into consideration:

Information for Strategic Planning;

Performance Analysis;

68

Performance Improvement Initiatives;

Suitability of Organization Structure and Resources; and

Risk Mitigation.

HSSE Management Reviews are conducted at the regional, location and project level

according to a set agenda and in accordance with the SEC’s Management Review

procedure.

13.1 Management Review Conduct

Management Review of projects are scheduled and conducted at each project/site in

accordance with SEC Group HSSE requirements. Assessment shall be conducted under

the direction of the Project/Site Manager.

The scope of the assessment should be comprehensive, though not all Standards need to

be reviewed at once and may take place over a period of time. This assessment is a high

level HSSE systems review to assess continued relevance and effectiveness of the HSSE

Management System as it applies to the Project.

The results of this assessment shall be reported to the SEC Group to ensure any changes

to the Standards are actioned at the appropriate level.

HSSE Management Representative

HSSE management reviews are conducted at each level of the organization (e.g. Group,

Business Unit, Project/ Site) and a senior manager is nominated as the HSSE

Management Representative. The HSSE Management Representative shall undertake

the HSSE review and report findings in accordance with Management Review program.

SEC HSSE Management Review accountabilities are as shown in Table below.

SEC HSSE Management Review Accountability

Level HSSE Management Representative

Accountabilities

Group HSSE Group Manager Establish the Group HSSE audit program for Projects; and Review Group audit findings and communicate changes that impact on project delivery; Monitor Project HSSE performance.

Business Unit HSSE BU Manager Implement Group audit program; and

69

13.2 Management Review Reporting

The HSSE Management Review Report shall cover all outcomes of the review and include:

Results of internal audits and evaluation of compliance with legal and other requirements;

Evaluation of the suitability of HSSE planning against key risks;

HSSE performance against objectives and targets;

The results of employee consultation, communication, and participation in all HSSE programs;

The status of incident investigations, corrective and preventative actions;

The status of actions from previous Management Reviews;

The nature of any change that impact on HSSE planning (e.g. internal factors such as company expansion and external factors such as the developments in legal and other requirements); and

Recommendations that identify opportunities for improvement ensuring effectiveness of HSSE planning in to the future.

Monitor and report on the Projects HSSE performance Assess and respond to project compliance/non-compliance.

Project Project HSSE Manager/Advisor or nominated person

Support Group audits and Management Review program Proactively respond to compliance/non-compliance; Ensure actions are managed and closed out; Monitor and report HSSE performance; and Ensure self-assessments and declarations of compliance are undertaken annually.

70

Attachment 1

List of Hazard Source Identification and Risk Assessment

71

List of Hazard Source Identification and Risk Assessment Sector: office area

No.

Hazard source

Activity/ place / facility

Possible accident

Direct

determination

Quantitative evaluation

Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

1

Object overturned due to improper fixing

Office Object Blow 1 1 7 7 Ⅴ Normal

/ now √

2 Illegal driving Traffic

Vehicle Harm

3 2 15 90 Ⅲ Abnormal / future

√ √

Power Generation Group Unified #007- Management Codes of Shanghai Electric Power Generation Group on Motor Vehicles and Full-time Drivers

3 Vehicle out of order Traffic 1 3 15 45 Ⅳ

Abnormal / future

√

4

Socket or wire damaged, or electrical short-circuit

Use of power

Electric shock 1 1 7 7 Ⅴ

Abnormal / future

√

72

No.

Hazard source


Possible accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

5 Combustibles catching a fire Office

Fire

6 10 3 180 Ⅱ Emergency / future

√ √ √ √

1) Warning signs

2) Emergency plan

6 Incorrect disposal of cigarette butts

Smoking 2 3 15 90 Ⅲ Abnormal / future

√ √ √ √

1) Warning signs

2) Emergency plan

7

Inadequate configuration of fire equipment

Firefighting

Fire

2 1 15 30 Ⅳ Abnormal / future

√ √ √

8 Fire sprinkler malfunction Office 2 1 15 30 Ⅳ

Abnormal / future

√ √

9 Fire in distribution room

Distribution room 1 2 15 30 Ⅳ

Abnormal / future

√ √ √

10 Fire in file room

File room 1 2 15 30 Ⅳ

Abnormal / future

√ √ √

73

No.

Hazard source


Possible accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

11

Fire or explosion in canteen due to gas leak

Living 2 1 15 30 Ⅳ Abnormal /

Future √ √ √

Regular inspection Replacement of aging equipment on a regular basis

12 Poor hygiene status in canteen

Dining

Poisoning

3 3 3 27 Ⅳ Future/ abnormal

√ √

13 No sanitation license in canteen

Dining 3 3 3 27 Ⅳ Abnormal / future

√

14 Cooks without health certificate


√

15 Pesticide or fertilizer missed

Greening 1 1 7 7 Ⅴ

Abnormal / future

√ Enjoin the property management

16 Elevator failure / power failure

Take the elevator

Other Harm 3 3 7 63 Ⅳ

Abnormal / future

√ √

74

No.

Hazard source


Possible accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

17 Slippery ground

Passage in office

area 3 3 7 63 Ⅳ Normal

/ now √

1) Warning signs

umbrella sheath 3) Non-slip carpet

18 Slippery ground Closet 1 3 7 21 Ⅳ Normal

/ now √

19 Operating computer with fatigue

Computer

operating

1 6 3 18 Ⅳ Normal / now √

20 Safety of drinking water Living 3 3 3 27 Ⅳ Normal

/ now √

21 Improper handling Handling

Other Harm

1 3 3 9 Ⅴ Normal / now √

22

Junction box broken off from the ground, improper wiring

Use of power 1 1 7 7 Ⅴ Normal

/ now √

75

No.

Hazard source


Possible accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

23

Personal collision during a fire or unusual situation

Emergency

evacuation

1 1 7 7 Ⅴ Emergency / future

√ √

1) Emergency light 2) Passage indicatiing sign 3) Emergency plan

24 Optical radiation from a copier

Copying 1 3 2 6 Ⅴ Normal / now √

76

List of Hazard Source Identification and Risk Assessment Sector: Site Office and Camp of Project Management Department

No.

Hazard source

Activity / place / facility

Possible

accident

Direct determinati

on


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

1

Entering the unprotected job site, approaching the unprotected hole or fringe

Supervise site

access

Blown by

object

3 8 3 72 Ⅲ Abnormal / now

√ √ √

1) Develop the management system 2) Instruct the site accessing persons

2

Enter the construction site without a specified helmet and uniform

Supervise site

access 3 8 3 72 Ⅲ

Abnormal / future

√ √ √

1) Develop the management system 2) Instruct the site accessing persons

3

Enter the site via other way instead of the passage

Supervise site

access 3 8 3 72 Ⅲ Norma

l / now √ √

4

Impact by earthquakes or abnormal weather such as typhoons

Supervise site

access 2 1 40 80 Ⅲ

Normal /

future √ √ √ √

Contingency plan and measures in place

77

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct determinati

on


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

5

Inspection performed in violation of the operating procedures

Site acceptan

ce 1 3 7 21 Ⅳ

Abnormal / now

√ √

6

Scheme for handling/lifting large equipment or objects is not reviewed and approved yet

Preparation for lifting large

equipment such as the stator

Injury from lifting

operation

2 1 15 30 Ⅳ Abnormal / now

√ √

1) Approval procedure before lifting program 2) Supervision and instruction by special person during lifting operation 3) Set the isolation area

7

Drunk driving or unlicensed driving, illegal driving including using a mobile phone

Traffic Injury

by vehicle


√ √ √ √ Driver training and education

78

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct determinati

on


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

8

Transport large equipment or overweight object without approval

Preparation for

transporting large equipment such as the stator


√ √

Require the transportation supplier to provide the transportation scheme

9 Drive the vehicle with fatigue

Traffic 1 2 15 30 Ⅳ Abnormal / now

√

10

Socket or wire broken, circuit overloaded or aging

Office Living

Electric shock 3 2 3 18 Ⅳ

Abnormal / now

√ √

1) Periodic inspection 2) Correction or replacement

11 Electric shock on objects due to lightning

Supervise site

access

Electric shock 1 2 15 30 Ⅳ

Abnormal / now

√

12

Improper disposal of cigarette butts, smoking in a prohibited area

Office and living Fire 3 3 15 135 Ⅲ

Abnormal / now

√ √ √ √ Educate the corresponding person

79

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct determinati

on


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

13

No fire-fighting facilities in office area; Inadequate or aging fire-fighting equipment

Office and living 2 3 15 90 Ⅲ

Abnormal / future

√ √ √

1) Oranization of inspection retularly 2) Development of management system

14

Electrical circuit overload or improper wiring

Office and living 3 3 3 27 Ⅳ

Abnormal / now

√ √ Regular inspection

15 Fire extinguisher not configured

Office and living 1 3 15 24 Ⅳ

Abnormal / future

√

16

Improper storage of flammable materials

Office 1 3 7 21 Ⅳ Abnormal / now

√

17 Material stacked in unsafe way

Unpack, inspect

and handle

Other Harm 3 3 15 90 Ⅲ Norma

l / now √

80

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct determinati

on


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

18 Oil or other liquid on ground

Site acceptan

ce 3 3 7 63 Ⅳ

Abnormal / now

√ √

19

Improper cooking operation in canteen; Improper use of drinking fountains

Living

Other Harm


20 Slippery ground Office 1 3 7 21 Ⅳ Norma

l / now √

21

Personerror collision due to fire or unusual circumstance

Emergency

evacuation

3 1 15 45 Ⅳ Emergency / future

√

22 Impact due to hot weather

Supervise site

access 3 3 3 27 Ⅳ Norma

l / now √

23 Computer (CRT monitor) radiation

Office and living 1 1 7 7 Ⅴ Norma

l / now √

81

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct determinati

on


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

24 Operating computer with fatigue

Office 1 1 7 7 Ⅴ Normal / now √

25

Distraction during manual handling of goods


l / now √

26 Laying of power cord


l / now √

27

Leakage of toxic and hazardous gas

Supervise site

access

Poisoning 3 2 40 240 Ⅱ

Abnormal / now

√ √ √

1） Educate site accessing persons

2） Prevention of poisoning

3） Emergency measures

82

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct determinati

on


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

28 Unsanitary food Dining

Poisoning

3 4 7 84 Ⅲ Abnormal / future

√ √

1) Incoming inspection 2) Separate the cooked food from raw food 3) Keep samples for the food

29 Cooks without health certificate


√

83

List for Hazard Source Identification and Risk Assessment Sector: civil construction site

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

1

Materials broken apart and falling during lifting due to improper banding

Material lifting

Blow by objects

3 4 7 84 Ⅲ Abnormal / now √

2

Personal injury by the flying debris during brick cutting

Brick masonry

works 3 4 7 84 Ⅲ Abnorm

al / now √ √

3

Person staying at the pipe joint during pressure test

Pressure test 3 4 7 84 Ⅲ Normal

/ now √

84

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

4

Throwing waste during construction of high building (structure), and without a cordon

Material stacking 2 3 15 90 Ⅲ Normal

/ now √

5

Drop components during removing a template

Template

operation

2 3 15 90 Ⅲ Normal / now √

6

Throwing wastes when cleaning the floors

Floors clean-up

Blow by objects

2 3 15 90 Ⅲ Normal / now √ √ √

More education for the corresponding persons

7

No alert area is set for installing or uninstalling the tower crane

Tower crane

operations


85

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

8

Ropes are released before the pipe is located steadily

Lifting operatio

ns 1 3 15 45 Ⅳ Normal

/ now √

9

Template installation/removal without guarding

Template

operation

1 3 15 45 Ⅳ Normal / now √

10

Foot fender is not set for scaffold operations

Scaffolding works 1 3 7 21 Ⅳ Normal

/ now √

11

Hood for Hand-held electromechanicaldevice is not in place or damaged

Machine operatio

n 1 3 7 21 Ⅳ Abnorm

al / now √

12 Concrete chute is not fixed stably

Material transport 0.5 2 7 7 Ⅴ Normal

/ now √

13 Person under rebar being lifted

Lifting operatio

n 1 1 15 15 Ⅴ Normal

/ now √

86

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

14 Drunk driving

or with fatigue

Vehicle transport

Injury by

vehicle

3 4 7 84 Ⅲ Abnormal / now √ √

① Development of vehicle transport regulations

② Edu & train

15

No special person to give commands during backing a truck

Vehicle transport 2 2 7 28 Ⅳ Normal

/ now √

16

Cargo overloading or loosely bounded

Vehicle transport 2 2 7 28 Ⅳ Normal

/ now √

17

Vehicle parked with engine activated

Vehicle transport 1 1 7 7 Ⅴ Normal

/ now √

18

Lifting case is not tested to be qualified yet

Machine operatio

ns,

Mechanical

injury 3 6 20 180 Ⅱ Normal

/ now √ √ √

Development of regulatory system for supply-side devices

87

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

19

Use the tower crane before it is tested to be qualified

Tower crane

operations

3 6 20 180 Ⅱ Normal / now √ √ √


20

Using the extended the tower crane before it is tested to be qualified

Tower crane

operations

3 6 20 180 Ⅱ Abnormal / now √ √ √ √


21

Equipment (e.g. a hoist) overturned during a Typhoon or strong storm due to lack of fixation Possible water accumulation in the flood season.

On-site manage

ment

Mechanical

injury 3 6 20 180 Ⅱ

Emergency / future

√ √ √

① Rectification and reinforcement ② Drainage

88

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

22

No expert giving commands during installing or demolishing a tower crane

Tower crane

operations

3 3 15 135 Ⅲ Normal / now √ √

Stop demolition Inspection and supervision

23 Rope passed the scrapping deadline

Machine operatio

ns, 3 2 15 90 Ⅲ Normal

/ now √

24

Bulldozer or loader too close from the pit

Machine operatio


/ now √ √

25

Mixer safety devices are not in place or invalid

Machine operatio


/ now √ √

26 Control system failed

Rebar works 2 3 7 42 Ⅳ Normal

/ now √

27

Mortar mixer running with hands or rod inside

Machine operatio

ns, 1 2 15 30 Ⅳ Normal

/ now √

89

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

28 Crane brakes not reliable

Tower crane

operations

Mechanical

injury

1 2 15 30 Ⅳ Abnormal / now √

29

Operating the drilling machine with gloves on

Machine operatio


/ now √

30

No reliable communication device for tower commanding

Lifting operatio

n 1 2 15 30 Ⅳ Normal

/ now √

31

Qualified person operating the tower crane or giving commands

Lifting operatio

n 0.5 3 15 22.5 Ⅳ Normal

/ now √

32

No sleeve or fixture used during cutting of rebars

Decoration works 2 3 7 42 Ⅳ Normal

/ now √

90

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

33

No power cut-off or lock for the devices when they are stopped or unused.

Power use for

construction


34

No power cut-off during crane maintenance

Crane maintenance and services


35

Operating rock grinder without insulated gloves or insulated shoes

Machine operatio

ns, 1 3 7 21 Ⅳ Abnorm

al / now √

36

No protection hood at the rotating parts of the mortar mixer

Machine operatio

ns

Mechanical

injury 1 3 7 21 Ⅳ Abnorm

al / now √

91

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

37

Tower crane not inspect ed by relevant authority to acquire the certificate

Tower crane

operations

1 3 15 45 Ⅳ Normal / now √

38

Fasteners of the tamping machine not tightened

Machine operatio


/ now √

39

No power cut-off for rebar device in idle period

Rebar works 1 3 15 45 Ⅳ Normal

/ now √

40

Hopper not lifted and fixed when cleaning the material pit

Machine operatio


/ now √

41

No protective isolation net in lathe working area

Machine operatio


/ now √

92

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

42

No routine inspection done for grouting device before using it

Grouting operatio


/ now √ √

43

No safe distance kept from the excavation machinery

Machine operatio

ns,

Mechanical

injury

1 3 15 45 Ⅳ Normal / now √

44 No overload protection for the rope

Machine operatio


/ now √

45 Pipe not fixed during cutting

Cutting operatio


/ now √

46

Tool pipe adapters not inspected before grouting operation

Grouting operatio

ns 1 1 7 7 Ⅴ Normal

/ now √

93

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

47

Repairing the mortar mixer without cutting off the power supply

Power use for

construction

1 1 7 7 Ⅴ Abnormal / now √

48

A large poster on the main body of the boom-type or unattended tower crane

Tower crane

operations

1 10 1 10 Ⅴ Normal / now √

49

Non-solid foundation, overload lifting by the crane, crane overturning

Lifting operatio

n Injury from lifting

operation

√ Ⅱ Emerge

ncy / future

√ √ √ Foundation reinforcement

50

Lifting operation in inclement weather

Lifting operatio

n 6 2 15 180 Ⅱ Normal

/ now √ √ √

51

Lifting operations without a scheme

Lifting operatio

n

Injury from lifting

3 5 15 225 Ⅱ Normal / now √ √ √

94

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

52

Object falling due to crane brake failure or improper locking device in case of wrong hook position

Lifting operatio

n

operation

2 6 15 180 Ⅱ Abnormal / now √ √

53

Non-approved scheme for lifting of large equipment or overweight object

Lifting large

equipment such as the stator

2 1 40 80 Ⅲ Abnorm

al / future

√ √

1) Approval procedure for the lifting scheme 2) Special person monitoring and giving commands for lifting operation 3) Set the isolation area

95

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

54

Non-approved scheme for transporting large equipment or overweight object

Transporting large equipment such as the stator

2 1 40 80 Ⅲ Abnorm

al / future

√ √

1) Require the transportation supply-side to provide transport scheme 2) Provide annual vehicle inspection certificate and driver's license

55

Operating personnel untrained, or operating without a license

Lifting operatio

n

Injury from lifting

operation

0.5 8 15 60 Ⅳ Abnormal / now √

56 Using a defective clasp

Lifting operatio


al / now √

57

Illegal operation of large machinery

Machine operatio


/ now √

96

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

58

Inadequate rope safety factor, damaged rope, rope broken

Lifting operatio


/ now √

59 No design calculations for lifting lever

Lifting operatio

n 0.5 1 40 20 Ⅳ Normal

/ now √

60

Hanging object fall due to loose bundle

Lifting operatio


/ now √

61

Person staying under or crane arm or the hanging object

Lifting operatio

n 0.5 3 15 22.5 Ⅳ Normal

/ now √

62

Unlicensed person operating or giving command to the crane

Lifting operatio

n 0.5 3 15 22.5 Ⅳ Abnorm

al / now √ √

97

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

63

Operator in a bad place, or disobeying the commands, or unsafe operating method, or causing heavy objects colliding

Lifting operatio


operation


64

No special personnel supervising the lifting operation

Lifting operatio


/ now √ √

65

Distribution box flooded due to inadequate drainage facility

Power use for

construction

Electric shock

3 3 20 180 Ⅱ Emerge

ncy / now

√ √ √

① Drain after cutting off the power ② Supervision and inspection

66

Electrician working tools damaged or failing to wear protective equipment

Electrician jobs 3 3 20 180 Ⅱ Abnorm

al / now √ √ √ √ √

① Development of protective equipment regulations

② Edu & train

98

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

67

non-compliance with correct power connection procedures and requirements during maintenance work

Electrician jobs 3 3 20 180 Ⅱ

Abnormal /

future √ √ √

① Development of reward and punishment regulations

② Edu & train

68

Unsafe distance for the Excavation machinery from the transmission lines during the operation

Earthwork

Electric shock

3 6 10 180 Ⅱ Normal / now √ √


69

Electrician holding a position without qualification certificate

Electrician jobs 3 2 15 90 Ⅲ Abnorm

al / now √ √

99

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

70

Not use the safety voltage (under 36,24,12v) in special scenarios

Power use for

construction

3 2 15 90 Ⅲ Normal / now √

71 Substitution of a fuse with a metal wire

Power use for

construction

3 2 15 90 Ⅲ Normal / now √

72

No shielding protection for high-voltage devices

Power use for

construction

3 2 15 90 Ⅲ Normal / now √

73

Improper electricity circuit layout, improper wiring, line capacity overloaded

Power use for

construction

3 2 15 90 Ⅲ Normal / now √

74

No leakage protection device for rebar straightening machine

Power use for

construction

Electric shock 3 2 15 90 Ⅲ Normal

/ now √ √

100

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

75

Electrical cables for the tower crane falling behind the using requirements

Power use for

construction

3 2 15 90 Ⅲ Normal / now √ √

76

No insulation or leakage protection when operating power tools

Machine operatio

n 3 2 15 90 Ⅲ Normal

/ now √ √

77

Maintaining or repairing the air compressor without stopping it or cutting off the power

Air compres

sor maintenance and repair


78

No construction scheme is developed for use of the power during construction

Power use for

construction


101

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

79

Power use for well dewatering does not match the specifications

Fundamental

operation

3 4 7 84 Ⅲ Normal / now √ √

80

Power equipment in violation violation the requirements of "one switch, one leakage breaker and one junction box for one device"

Power use for

construction

3 4 7 84 Ⅲ Normal / now √ √

81

No power cut-off sign in place for the maintenance

Maintenance

operations

Electric shock

3 4 7 84 Ⅲ Normal / now √

82

Wrong connection of protection zero line with working zero line

Power use for

construction


102

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

83

Poor insulation of the power cord for the rock grinder

Power use for

construction


84

Unknown underground cables cut off by the excavator

Earthwork 3 2 15 90 Ⅲ Normal

/ now √

85

Maintaining the tower crane without cutting off the power

Tower crane repair and

maintenance


86

Electric shock to the equipment, facilities and persons by lightning

Operation in

thunderstorm

weather

0.5 3 15 22.5 Ⅳ Abnormal / now √ √

87

Bad cable insulation for the Welding machine

Welding operatio

ns 2 2 7 28 Ⅳ Abnorm

al / now √

103

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

88

Improper lighting circuits wiring, non-insulated joints

Power use for

construction

1 2 15 30 Ⅳ Normal / now √

89

Non-compliance with supervision rules for working on live parts

Electrician jobs

Electric shock

1 2 15 30 Ⅳ Normal / now √

90 Improper wiring

Power use for

construction

1 2 15 30 Ⅳ Normal / now √

91

Incorrect parameters for the leakage protection devices

Power use for

construction

1 2 15 30 Ⅳ Normal / now √

92

Indoor lamp under 2.4 m does not use a safe voltage

Power use for

construction

1 2 15 30 Ⅳ Normal / now √

104

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

93

Too long cable for the welding machine

Welding operatio


/ now √

94

Wire aging, damaged without insulation binding

Power use for

construction


95 No five- core cable used

Power use for

construction


96

Incorrect parameters and capacity for the switch fuse

Power use for

construction


97

Poor electrical insulation of the hand-held portable power tools

Machine operatio

n

Electric shock 1 3 3 9 Ⅴ Normal

/ now √

105

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

98

Grounding zero line for the tower crane falling behind the requirements

Power use for

construction


99

No TN-S system used, and the protective ground line not mee the requirements

Power use for

construction


100

Switch box leakage protection failure

Power use for

construction

1 1 7 7 Ⅴ Normal / now √ √

101 No isolating switch in the electric box

Power use for

construction


102

Using the hand-held portable power tool that is not inspected yet

Machine operatio


/ now √

106

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

103

No fire prevention measures in the dangerous goods warehouse, such as No Smoking sign, where a fire caused

Warehouse

management

Fire √ Ⅱ Abnorm

al / Future

√ √ √

104

Hot work or that is associated with combustion or explosion

Work in an area apt to

combustion and

explosion (Anti-

corrosion operations on the absorber, the tank

area, etc.)

Fire √ Ⅱ Abnorm

al / Future

√ √ √ √

1. Fundamental instruction of the operators 2 Assign special person to supervise the operation 3 Ensure the ventilation facility in the tower

107

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

105

No explosion-proof electrical device used in the area apt to combustion or explosion

Operation in the area apt

to combusti

on or explosion (anti-

corrosion operations on the absorber

, tank area)

√ Ⅱ Abnorm

al / Future

√ √

The explosion-proof electrical devices must be used Fundamental safety instruction for the relevant personnel

106

Non-approved hot work, such as welding and cutting

Welding and

cutting operatio

ns

2 4 15 120 Ⅲ Normal / now √

107

Personal warm-up by setting a flame in operating area

Construction

operations


108

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

108

Welding or hot work within 15 meters around the air compressor or gas tank

Welding operatio

ns

Fire

2 4 15 120 Ⅲ Abnorm

al / future

√ √

109

Iodine-tungsten lamp or high-power dysprosium lamp used in painting room

Painting job 2 3 15 90 Ⅲ Abnorm

al / now √

110

Smoking in the construction site

Construction

operations

2 3 15 90 Ⅲ Normal / now √

111

No protection measures for the combustibles used for water-proofing and insulation construction

Water-proofing

and insulation jobs

2 3 15 90 Ⅲ Normal / now √

109

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

112

No fire fighting equipment for welding and cutting operations

Welding and

cutting operatio

ns

2 3 15 90 Ⅲ Normal / now √

113

Flammable substances stored near the Cutting machine

Cutting operatio

n 2 3 15 90 Ⅲ Normal

/ now √ √

114

No explosion prevention measures for the lighting and electrical tools in the painting site

Painting job 1 2 15 30 Ⅳ Normal

/ now √ √

115

Welding operator without the qualification certificate

Welding operatio

ns

Fire

0.5 10 6 30 Ⅳ Abnormal / now √

116

No extinguishers configured in the painting room

Painting job 1 2 15 30 Ⅳ Abnorm

al / now √

110

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

117

Using of fire while no emergency measures in place

Construction

operations


118

No appropriate fire-fighting equipment presented at key fire-prevention points

Construction

operations

1 4 15 60 Ⅳ Normal / now √

119

No management system for the fire-fighting equipment

Construction

operations

1 4 15 60 Ⅳ Normal / now √

120

No insulation measures for preheated parts for welding

Welding operatio


/ now √

111

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

121

Flaming on the spilling due to too high temperature in the furnace for mixing asphalt and ointment

Asphalt operatio


/ now √ √

122 Electrical lines overloaded or aging

Power use for

construction


123

Incorrect disposal of objects attached with inflammable substance

Construction

operations

Fire 1 1 7 7 Ⅴ Normal / now √

124

Delayed sealing of preserved holes after knocking out the template

Operating at the fringe of a hole

Falling from

height 3 4 15 180 Ⅱ Normal

/ now √ √ √ √

112

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

125

Weak relevancy of the safety measures in the scheme of chimney sliding and turning device

Template

operations

3 4 15 180 Ⅱ Normal / now √ √ √ √

Approval system for development of major construction schemes

126

No effective and reliable platform for in-air or overhead operation

Operations at

heights 3 4 15 180 Ⅱ Abnorm

al / now √ √ √ √

127

Template operation with inadequate hole or fringe protection

Operating at the fringe of a hole

3 4 15 180 Ⅱ Abnormal / now √ √ √

128

Non solid railing set at the passage entrance

Construction

operations

Falling from

height 1 6 15 90 Ⅲ Normal

/ now √ √

113

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

129

No special acceptance done to the body of cantilevered scaffold; no separate acceptance done to embedded parts of cantilever beam of cantilevered structure

Operations at

heights 3 4 7 84 Ⅲ Normal

/ now √ √

130 Walking on a steel skeleton

Operations at


/ now √ √

131

Persons standing on the template that is being dismantled

Operations at


/ now √ √

114

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

132

Using steel template as foot holding plate when setting/removing the template

Operations at


/ now √ √

133

No reliable foothold for Cantilever beam operators

Operations at


/ now √ √

134

Lack of protection from internal side of the scaffolding to the building

Operations at

heights 3 4 7 84 Ⅲ Abnorm

al / now √ √ √

Regular inspection Required using the scaffolding with signs

115

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

135

Too large gap from floor channel to scaffolding, too large gap at lower opening of channel protection ddor

Construction

operations

Falling from

height


136

Steel material of cantilever beam not meet the requirements

Operations at

heights 3 3 3 27 Ⅳ Normal

/ now √

137

Inadequate pavement of the operating area and operating layers of the scaffolding in the channel

Operations at


/ now √

138 No climbing facility for pit builders

Operations at


/ now √

116

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

139

No mesh set at the outside of the scaffolding

Operations at

heights 0.5 3 15 22.5 Ⅳ Normal

/ now √

140 No fence set for 2m or deeper pit

Foundation

construction


141

Inadequate pavement of scaffold fence or fence damaged

Operations at

heights

Falling from

height


142

Parts for chimney sliding or turning aging or insuitable

Template

operations


143

Floor channel protection door not stereotyped and treated as tool, no indoor latch

Masonry jobs 2 3 7 42 Ⅳ Normal

/ now √

117

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

144

Installing, uninstalling and lifting operation to the tower crane in inclement weather

Tower crane

operations


145

Using of chimney sliding and turning device without acceptance certificate

Acceptance jobs 2 3 7 42 Ⅳ Normal

/ now √

146

On-going construction not enclosed with a dense mesh

Operations at


/ now √

147

Operating on masonry scaffolding before cleaning the frost

Masonry jobs

Falling from

height 2 3 7 42 Ⅳ Abnorm

al / now √

118

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

148

No scheme or measures for the protection of the pit (deep foundation)

Pit operatio

ns

Collapse

3 3 40 360 Ⅰ Abnorm

al / future

√ √ √ √

Development of a special management system for the construction scheme

149

No measures against settlement of structures nearby due to the pit construction

Pit operatio

ns 3 4 15 180 Ⅱ

Abnormal /



150

No concrete strength report before removing the template

Template

operation

3 4 15 180 Ⅱ Abnorm

al / future

√ √ √ √

151

No design calculation done for the cantilever-type scaffolding

Scaffolding works 3 4 15 180 Ⅱ

Abnormal /



119

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

152

Construction loads on the template exceeding the design specification

Template

operation

3 4 7 84 Ⅲ Normal / now √ √

153 Non-approved scaffolding scheme

Scaffolding works

Collapse

3 4 7 84 Ⅲ Normal / now √ √ √

154

No bearing capacity calculation for the pole holding foundation

Scaffolding works 3 4 7 84 Ⅲ Normal

/ now √ √

155

Scaffolding demolition done by non-scaffolders


/ now √ √ √ Education of corresponding persons

156

No rain-proofing measures for unfinished masonry in rainy days

Brick masonry

works 3 4 7 84 Ⅲ Normal

/ now √ √

120

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

157

Tower Tower installers having no qualification certificate

Tower crane

operations

3 4 7 84 Ⅲ Normal / now √ √

158

Unauthorized removal of scaffolding safety protection

Scaffolding works 3 4 7 84 Ⅲ Abnorm

al / now √ √ √

Periodically supervise the scaffolding safety measures

159

Violation of the specification requirements during insta/ uninstalling the tower crane

Tower crane

operations

3 4 7 84 Ⅲ Normal / now √ √ √

160

Rebar concentrated on scaffolding and template

Construction

operations

3 4 7 84 Ⅲ Normal / now √ √

161

No mat or brick pad placed under scaffolding columns

Construction

operations

Collapse 3 4 7 84 Ⅲ Normal

/ now √

121

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

162

No re-check done for the carrying capacity set on road


/ now √ √ √

163

Foundation of hoist rack structure falling behind the requirements

Material lifting 3 4 7 84 Ⅲ Normal

/ now √ √

164

Using of fasteners for installing the tower crane falling behind the requirements

Tower crane

operations


165

No "X" support used, unstable rack structure


/ now √

166

Scaffolding column spacing falling behind the requirements

Construction

operations


122

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

167

Pipes not bounded tightly during shipment

Component

transport 3 4 7 84 Ⅲ Normal

/ now √ √ √

168

Strength of tower crane foundation lower than the specification

Tower crane

operations

3 4 7 84 Ⅲ Normal / now √ √

169

Fasteners for installing tower crane not tightened

Tower crane

operations

Collapse

3 4 7 84 Ⅲ Normal / now √ √

170

Pipe stacked without anti-skidding and anti-dumping measures

Material stacking 3 4 7 84 Ⅲ Normal

/ now √ √

171

No inspection of the earth and support before starting the operation after a rain

Earthwork

foundation

support

3 4 7 84 Ⅲ Normal / now √ √

123

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

172

No design calculations for ground scaffolding of 24 meters or higher


/ now √ √ √

Use of ultra-high scaffolding only when the scheme is approved

173

Not setting the "X" support according to the standard


/ now √ √

174

No "X" support set for the framed bent as specified

Construction

operations

2 2 7 28 Ⅳ Normal / now √ √

175

Template support and scaffolding conjoined, removing it in wrong order

Template

operation

2 2 7 28 Ⅳ Normal / now √ √

176

No removal application is submitted before removing the template

Template

operation

Collapse 2 2 7 28 Ⅳ Normal

/ now √

124

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

177

No effective drainage facility for the pit

Pit operatio


/ now √

178

Coating operation scaffolding overloaded

Decoration works 2 2 7 28 Ⅳ Normal

/ now √

179

Parking or keeping machines or vehicles in 2m from the excavated foundation

Pit operatio


/ now √

180

Cracks appeared in the earth during excavation process

Earthwork 1 1 7 7 Ⅴ Normal

/ now √

181 Material stored too close to the pit

Pit operatio


/ now √

125

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

182

Safety slope set for trench excavation not meet the safety requirements

Pit operatio


/ now √

183

Materials stacked uneven on the template

Template

operation


184

A variety of templates stacked too high or without alignment

Template

operation

Collapse


185

Trestle ladder feets not packed with tape

Operations at

heights 1 1 7 7 Ⅴ Normal

/ now √

186

A single excavation over 4 m in height

Earthwork

foundation

support


126

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

187

Spacing of columns for full- house scaffolding greater than 2m

Scaffolding works 1 1 7 7 Ⅴ Normal

/ now √

188

Bricks stacked over 1.8 meters in height

Brick masonry

works 1 1 7 7 Ⅴ Normal

/ now √

189

No reinforcement measures for completed gable

Brick masonry

works 1 1 7 7 Ⅴ Normal

/ now √

190

Floor passage setting, scaffolding connections

Scaffolding works 1 1 7 7 Ⅴ Normal

/ now √

191

Parking or keeping machines or vehicles in 2m from the excavated foundation

Pit operatio

ns

Collapse 2 2 7 28 Ⅳ Normal

/ now √

127

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

191

Air compressor and gas tank not tested

Construction

operations

Vessel explosio

n

3 4 15 180 Ⅱ Abnorm

al / future

√ √ √ √

① Development of pressure vessel management system ② rectification and verification

192

Not knowing or not cleaning the substance in the container before the cutting operation, demage the rigidity due to the welding

Welding and

cutting operatio

ns

3 4 15 180 Ⅱ Abnorm

al / future

√ √ √ √

① Apply for approval for dangerous jobs (2) Supervision and Inspection

128

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

193

Gas expansion caused due to no sunscreen measures for the oxygen or acetylene cylinder

Welding and

cutting operatio

ns

2 4 15 120 Ⅲ Abnorm

al / future

√

194

Storing the oxygen and acetylene cylinders not follow the requirements

Welding and

cutting operatio

ns

2 4 15 120 Ⅲ Normal / future √

195

Rust and wall thickness thinning due to extended service of the oxygen and acetylene cylinders

Welding and

cutting operatio

ns

Vessel explosio

n 2 4 15 120 Ⅲ

Abnormal /

future √

129

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

196

No backfire device for the oxygen and acetylene acetylene cylinders

Welding and

cutting operatio

ns

2 4 15 120 Ⅲ Abnorm

al / future

√

197

Safety valve of the oxygen or acetylene gas cylinder failed, incorrect reading on the pressure gauge, weak safety awareness among the workers

Welding and

cutting operatio

ns

2 4 15 120 Ⅲ Abnorm

al / future

√

198

No full number of bolts used, or unevenly tightened bolts, burst at the joint due to false welding or pores

Welding and

cutting operatio

ns

1 3 7 21 Ⅳ Abnorm

al / future

√

130

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

199

Air compressor pressure gauge and safety valve not tested

Construction

operations

1 3 7 21 Ⅳ Abnorm

al / future

√

200

Stress boosted at the impact point when the oxygen or acetylene cylinders are impacted

Welding and

cutting operatio

ns

Vessel explosio


/ future √

201 Welding or cutting of pressure parts

Welding and

cutting operatio

ns

Other explosio

n 3 4 7 84 Ⅲ Abnorm

al / now √

131

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

202 Freezing coldness

Construction

operations

Other injury

√ Ⅱ Abnorm

al / future

√ √ √

① Development of winter construction scheme

② Instruction of construction safety

203

Two high temperature for mixing asphalt and ointment, or spilling of asphalt and ointment

Asphalt operatio

ns 3 4 7 84 Ⅲ Normal

/ now √

204

No supervising persons during installing or removing the tower crane

Tower crane

operations

3 4 7 84 Ⅲ Normal / now √ √ √

Visible sign or special supervisor in place for removing the tower crane, where insolation area is set

132

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

205

Rebar exposed or projected out from the structure

Structures 3 4 7 84 Ⅲ Abnorm

al / now √

206

Poor ventilation when using or mixng irritating and toxic materials

Construction

operations

Other injury

1 2 15 30 Ⅳ Normal / now √

207

No valid certificate acquired by special operation personnel

Special operatio


/ now √

208

No protective clothing worn on the welding personnel during the operation

Welding operatio


/ now √

133

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

209

No digging permit acquired before the excavation operation

Earthwork 1 8 3 24 Ⅳ Normal

/ now √

210 Object pierced by the nail gun

Machine operatio


/ now √

211

Arc light generated during welding of the steel structure

Welding operatio


/ now √

212

Arc light generated during processing the rebar in the site

Welding operatio


/ now √

213

No isolation area set for the welding operation

Welding operatio


/ now √

134

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

214 Inadequate lighting on the site

Power use for

construction

Other injury


Enhance construction lighting at night, lighting for operation at heights

215

Irrigation of the skin and eyes from harmful gas

Construction

operations

3 2 7 42 Ⅳ Normal / now √ √

216

Accidental contact with corrosive irritant substances during construction operation

Construction

operations

3 2 7 42 Ⅳ Normal / now √ √

217 No cooling measures is crane cab

Lifting operatio

n 0.5 1 15 7.5 Ⅴ Normal

/ now √

218 No jobs shed for rebar machines

Rebar jobs 1 1 7 7 Ⅴ Normal

/ now √

135

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

219

Too long worked in underground pipeline during the operation, causing hypoxia when the workers inhaled a lot of mixed gas

Pipeline operatio

ns

Poisoning 3 4 7 84 Ⅲ Abnorm

al / now √

220

Poor ventilation in corrosion-proofing area, too long operation in there

Anti-corrosion operatio

ns

Poisoning

3 4 7 84 Ⅲ Normal / now √ √ √

Configure the personal protective equipment Enhancing the ventilation

221

Poor ventilation in the painting construction site


/ now √

222 Odor from the paint


/ now √

136

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

223

No valid health certificate acquired by the operator


/ now √

List for Hazard Source Identification and Risk Assessment

Sector: Installation construction site

No. Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

1

Lifting jobs scheme not meet the requirements

Lifting operatio

n

Blow by objects

3 4 15 180 Ⅱ Abnormal / future

√ √ √ √

2 Not test the load as specified

Installing and

uninstalling large machiner

y

3 4 15 180 Ⅱ

Abnormal / future √ √ √ √

137

No. Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

3

Defective safety facilities for operation at height

Installing and


y

3 4 15 180 Ⅱ


4

Wire rope and rigging not meet the requirements

Lifting operatio

n 2 3 15 90 Ⅲ

Abnormal / future

√ √

5

Insufficient isolation facilities for Cross-jobs

Steel frame and

heavy lifting

3 2 15 90 Ⅲ Normal / now √ √ √

Try to avoid cross-

operating, isolation

measures must be talem,

safety instructions

shall be given to the

corresponding persons

138

No. Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

6 No protection for cross-operating

Welding and

cutting operatio

ns

3 2 15 90 Ⅲ Normal / now √ √ √

Try to avoid cross-

operating, isolation

measures must be taken,

safety instructions

shall be given to the

corresponding persons

7

Personal injury due to flying bolt when it is being removed

Installing and


y Blow by objects


√

8 Wire rope overloaded

Installing and


y


139

No. Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

9

No supervising person in place below the welding operations

Welding and

cutting operatio

ns


√

10

No strictly implement the lifting truss reinforcement measures

Ground combine

d operatio

ns


11

Anomalies to the material and and welding quality of the temporary pipe

Valve installati

on 1 2 15 30 Ⅳ Norma

l / now √

12 Hammerhead broken off

Installation of

turbine etc.


13

Uneven load for two cranes during lifting jointly

Unloading of a large object

0.5 8 7 28 Ⅳ Normal / now √

140

No. Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

14 Laying of cables

Cable operatio

ns 0.5 8 7 28 Ⅳ Norma

l / now √

15 Uneven force on the dragging rope

Installing and


y

0.5 8 7 28 Ⅳ Normal / now √

16

Serious swinging action in the bridge and derrick

Installing and


y

1 2 15 30 Ⅳ Normal / now √

17

Unsteady setting of wrench when fastening bolts

Installation of the

steam turbine

and generato

r Blow by objects


18 Objects to be cut not fixed

Welding and

cutting operatio

ns


141

No. Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

19

Inaccurate selection of the center of gravity

Installing and


y


20 Collision of the cover during lifting

Transformer

cover lifting

operation


21 Cutting hose burst

Piping and

valve installati

on operatio

n


22

Rope rampage due to out of control when removing it

Installing and


y


142

No. Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

23

Materials stacked in violation of the specification

Ground combine

d operatio

ns


24 No anti-rolling, anti-tipping measures

Unloading and

handling of large object Injury

by vehicle

3 4 7 84 Ⅲ Normal / now √ √

25

Transport of extra large, heavy, and high objects

Unloading and

handling of large object


√ √

26 Defective Transportation equipment

Unloading and

handling of large object Injury

by vehicle


27 Loose bundling

Unloading and



143

No. Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

28

Overload operation during lifting of overweight objects

Lifting operatio

n

Mechanical

injury

3 4 15 180 Ⅱ


29 Lift driver illegal operation

Construction

elevator 3 1 30 90 Ⅲ Norma

l / now √

30

No protection for the alignment operation during lifting

Installation of

rotating machiner

y


31 Elevator overload operation

Construction

elevator 2 4 7 56 Ⅳ Norma

l / now √

32 Overload lifting

Lifting operatio


operation


√ √ √

33 Improper removal of the dragging rope

Lifting operatio

n 3 4 15 180 Ⅱ

Abnormal / future

√ √ √

144

No. Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

34

Stacking of the components during lifting not meet the requirements

Lifting operatio

n 3 4 7 84 Ⅲ

Abnormal / future

√ √

35

Improper selection of the center of weight

Lifting operatio

n 3 4 7 84 Ⅲ

Abnormal / future

√ √

36

Rope directly contacting with rigid edges

Lifting operatio

n

Injury from lifting

operation

3 4 7 84 Ⅲ Normal / now √ √

37 Collision of large objects

Lifting operatio

n 3 8 3 72 Ⅲ Norma

l / now √ √

38 Falling objects

Steel frame and

heavy lifting

3 1 30 90 Ⅲ Normal / now √ √ √

39 Wire rope overloaded

Lifting operatio

n 2 2 7 28 Ⅳ Norma

l / now √

145

No. Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

40 warning area not set

Lifting operatio

n 2 4 7 56 Ⅳ

Abnormal / future

√

41 Unreliable tieing of the dragging rope

Lifting operatio

n 1 1 7 7 Ⅴ Norma

l / now √

42

Personal injury due to electrical leakage from the welding machine

Machine operatio

n

Electric shock

3 4 15 180 Ⅱ Abnormal / now

√ √ √ √

43 Equipment leakage

Welding and

cutting operatio

ns

3 3 15 135 Ⅲ Normal / now √ √

44

Protective zero line or power line not meet the requirements

Machine operatio

n 3 4 7 84 Ⅲ Norma

l / now √ √

146

No. Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

45

Power use not meet the specification of Level 3 power distribution and Level 2 electrical protection

Power use for

construction

1 5 15 75 Ⅲ Normal / now √ √ √

46

Distribution box, switch box configuration not meet the requirements

Power use for

construction

Electric shock

0.5 8 7 28 Ⅳ Normal / now √

47

Electrical devices power transformation/distribution not meet the requirements

Power use for

construction

0.5 8 7 28 Ⅳ Normal / now √

48 Electrical drill leakage

Heat insulation jobs

0.5 8 7 28 Ⅳ Normal / now √

147

No. Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

49 Temporary power leakage

Steel frame and

heavy lifting

0.5 8 7 28 Ⅳ Normal / now √

50

Poor design of organization of power construction

Power use for

construction


√

51

Electric shock or static electricity during installing/uninstalling the power supply

Installing and


y

1 2 15 30 Ⅳ Normal / now √

52 Leakage when using of ectric wrench

Steel frame and

heavy lifting

1 2 15 30 Ⅳ Normal / now √

53

Insufficient protection measures for weld heat treatment

Ground combine

d operatio

ns

1 2 15 30 Ⅳ Normal / now √

148

No. Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

54

Protection or protective device for the welding machine not meet the requirements

Welding and

cutting operatio

ns

Electric shock

1 2 15 30 Ⅳ Normal / now √

55 Chaotic construction power lines

Power use for

construction


56 No grounding device for the oil filter

Oil system installati

on


57

Lightning protection device not meet the requirements

Construction

elevator 1 1 15 15 Ⅴ Norma

l / now √

58 No grounding for induced electricity

Bus installati

on 1 1 7 7 Ⅴ Norma

l / now √

149

No. Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

59

Setting or materials of the distribution lines not meet the requirements

Power use for

construction

1 3 3 9 Ⅴ Abnormal / now

√

60

Settings and protection of the site lighting system not meet the requirements

Power use for

construction

1 3 3 9 Ⅴ Abnormal / now

√

61

Insufficient safety distance for the open flame


on

Fire √ Ⅰ Abnormal / future

√ √ √ √

62 Welding with oil


on Fire

√ Ⅱ Abnormal / now

√ √ √ √

63 Smoking, open flames

Painting job 3 4 15 180 Ⅱ

Abnormal / now

√ √ √ √

150

No. Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

64

Welding operation with combustibles nearby

Welding and

cutting operatio

ns


65

Storage of flammable, explosive and dangerous chemicals not meet the requirements

Material stacking 2 4 15 120 Ⅲ

Abnormal / future

√

66 Improper paint storage

Painting job 0.5 8 7 28 Ⅳ Norma

l / now √

67

Oil spills and willful disposal of oil cotton yarn

Lifting of transfor

mer cover


68 Delayed disposal of the packaging



151

No. Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

69

Defective protective measures at the fringe

Operation at

height, or cross-operatin

g Falling from

height


√ √ √ √

70 No protective isolation measures

Operation at


g


√ √ √

71 No protection for operations at height

Operations 2m or

more overhea

d Falling from

height

3 4 15 180 Ⅱ


72

Objects hanging on the derrick, no fence, overloading


3 4 15 180 Ⅱ

Abnormal / future √ √ √

152

No. Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

73

Use of tools and instruments without safety rope

Operation at


g

3 4 7 84 Ⅲ Normal / now √ √

74 Indeterminated operating range

Operation at


g

3 4 7 84 Ⅲ Normal / now √ √

75 Improper operation at heights

Operation 2m

overhead

3 4 7 84 Ⅲ Normal / now √ √

76 No protection for operation at heights

Painting job 1 5 15 75 Ⅲ Norma

l / now √ √

77

Insufficient travelling safety facility for the single beam

Lifting of steel frame and

heavy objects

1 5 15 75 Ⅲ Normal / now √ √ √

153

No. Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

78

No application submitted for removal of safety facilities, which is not restored in time, no supervisor presenting during the operation


large objects

1 5 15 75 Ⅲ Normal / now

√

√ √

79

Illegal operation at heights and defective protection for this purpose

Welding and

cutting operatio

ns

Falling from

height

1 5 15 75 Ⅲ Normal / now √ √

80 Frame in violation of the specification


3 1 30 90 Ⅲ Normal / now √ √

81

The protection or material of the safety mesh not meet the requirements

Operation at


g

1 6 15 90 Ⅲ Normal / now √ √

154

No. Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

82 No protection for the holes in the framework


large objects

1 6 15 90 Ⅲ Normal / now √ √

83

No climbing self-lock used when climbing up and down the ladder


large objects

1 2 15 30 Ⅳ Normal / now √

84

No protection during aligning the motor wheel

Installation of

rotating machiner

y

1 2 15 30 Ⅳ Normal / now √

85

Tool and instruments falling from a height

Piping and

valve installati

on operatio

n

1 2 15 30 Ⅳ Normal / now √

155

No. Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

86

Gas expansion caused due to no sunscreen measures for the oxygen or acetylene cylinder

Welding and

cutting operatio

ns

Vessel explosio

n 2 3 40 240 Ⅱ

Abnormal / future

√ √ √ √

87

Storing the oxygen and acetylene cylinders not follow the requirements

Welding and

cutting operatio

ns

Vessel explosio

n

√ Ⅱ Abnormal / future

√ √ √ √

88

Not knowing or not cleaning the substance in the container before the cutting operation, demage the rigidity due to the welding

Cutting operatio

n 3 1 30 90 Ⅲ

Abnormal / future

√ √ √

① Application for approval of hazardous operations ② Supervision and inspection

156

No. Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

89

No backfire prevention device for the oxygen and acetylene gas

Welding and

cutting operatio

ns


90

Safety valve of the oxygen or acetylene gas cylinder failed, incorrect reading on the pressure gauge, weak safety awareness among the workers

Welding and

cutting operatio

ns


√

91

No effective protection in the flaw detection area

Flaw detection operatio

n

Radiation

√ Ⅰ √ √ √ 1 Site cordon 2. Full notice

92 Missing of radiation source

3 1 30 90 Ⅲ √ √

157

No. Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

93

Installation and removal of the tower crane not comply with the specifications

Tower crane

operations Other

injury

3 8 15 360 Ⅰ Abnormal / future

√ √ √ √

94 Material hoist not meet the requirements

Material lifting 0.5 8 15 60 Ⅲ Norma

l / now √ √

95

Tower crane torque limiter not meet the requirements

Tower crane

operations

Other injury

1 5 15 75 Ⅲ Normal / now √ √ √

96

Tower crane limiter not meet the requirements

Tower crane

operations

1 5 15 75 Ⅲ Normal / now √ √ √

97

Anti-collision measures for multiple tower crane operations not meet the requirements

Tower crane

operations

1 5 15 75 Ⅲ Normal / now √ √

158

No. Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

98

Improper storage of radiation source

Nondestructive test

operation

1 5 15 75 Ⅲ Normal / now √ √ √ √

99

Tower crane driver operating without a qualification certificate

Tower crane

operations

1 5 15 75 Ⅲ Normal / now √ √

100

Safety measures for woodworking machinery not meet the requirements

Carpentry work 1 5 15 75 Ⅲ Norma

l / now √ √

101 Defective rope Material lifting 1 6 15 90 Ⅲ Norma

l / now √ √

102

Illegal command for tower crane operation

Tower crane

operations

3 2 15 90 Ⅲ Normal / now √ √

159

No. Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

103

Protective measures for the unloading platform not meet the requirements

Material lifting 0.5 8 7 28 Ⅳ Norma

l / now √

104

Setting of woodworking machinery not meet the requirements

Carpentry work

Other injury

0.5 8 7 28 Ⅳ Normal / now √

105 Cylinders no fixed

Piping and valve installation operation

0.5 8 7 28 Ⅳ Normal / now √

106

Turning the rotor while someone stays on the cylinder side

Steam turbine

and generato

r installati

on

1 2 15 30 Ⅳ Normal / now √

160

No. Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

107 Bridge brake failure

Steam turbine

and generato

r installati

on

1 2 15 30 Ⅳ Normal / now √

108 Welding slag flying in the oil tank

Steam turbine

and generato

r installati

on

1 2 15 30 Ⅳ Normal / now √

109 Turning the motor wheel aligning nuts

Installation of

rotating machiner

y

1 2 15 30 Ⅳ Normal / now √

110

Incorrect steam exhaust direction and position

Piping and

valve installati

on operatio

n

1 2 15 30 Ⅳ Normal / now √

161

No. Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

111 Unprotected cross-job

Piping and

valve installati

on operatio

n

1 2 15 30 Ⅳ Normal / now √

112 No cordon

Nondestructive test

operation

Other injury

1 2 15 30 Ⅳ Normal / now √

123 Cutting tool backfire

Piping and

valve installati

on operatio

n


124

Stress boosted at the impact point when the oxygen or acetylene cylinders are impacted

Welding and

cutting operatio

ns


√

162

No. Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

115

Setting of tower crane electrical device and its safety protection not meet the requirements

Tower crane

operations


116 Drilling chips scattering

Machine operatio

n 2 3 7 42 Ⅳ Norma

l / now √

117 Slag splashing

Piping and

valve installati

on operatio

n


118

No protection when assembling the cylinder

Steam turbine

and generato

r installati

on


163

No. Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

119

Center of gravity deviated during lifting the rotor

Steam turbine

and generato

r installati

on

Other injury


120

No protection during wheel alignment for hot installation

Installation of

rotating machiner

y


121

Frame stability not meet the requirements

Material lifting 2 3 7 42 Ⅳ Norma

l / now √

122

Transmission system and its safety device not configured to meet the requirements

Material lifting 2 3 7 42 Ⅳ Norma

l / now √

123

Lifting action not match the travelling action

Unloading and



164

No. Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

124

No unified commands given for components shifting and overturning

Ground combine

d operatio

ns


125

Inspection of system leakage during water and gas tests

Tightness test 3 3 3 27 Ⅳ Norma

l / now √

126 Hammering subject flying

Piping and

valve installati

on operatio

n Other injury


127

No protective equipment worn for mineral wool and similar operations



165

No. Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

128

No protective equipment worn for white metal operations



129 System leakage

Pipe blowing 3 3 3 27 Ⅳ Norma

l / now √

130 Operation by unqualified persons

Nondestructive test

operation


131

Foreign substance falling into the cylinder

Installation of the

steam turbine

and generato

r


132

The balance broken off during assembling the rotor

Steam turbine

and generato

r installati

on


166

No. Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

133 Poor lighting for night operations

Steel frame and

heavy lifting


134 Arc radiation

Piping and

valve installati

on operatio

n

Other injury


135

Wall attachment device and rail clamp for ultra-high tower crane not meet requirements requirements

Tower crane

operations


136 Using the nail gun

Machine operatio

n 1 1 7 7 Ⅴ Norma

l / now √

167

No. Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

137

Inspection of system leakage during hydraulic test

Tightness test 1 1 7 7 Ⅴ Norma

l / now √

138

Inspection of system leakage during wind pressure test

Tightness test 1 1 7 7 Ⅴ Norma

l / now √

139

Hot-tightened bolts not meet the specification

Rectification of the

safety door for turbine installati

on


140

Steam overflowing from the pipe blowing

Pipe blowing 1 3 3 9 Ⅴ Norma

l / now √

141

No supervisor for the exhaust direction


l / now √

168

No. Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

142 NDT-rays, electromagnetic radiation

Pipe welding 3 1 3 9 Ⅴ Norma

l / now √

143

Lightning protection device not meet the requirements

Material lifting

Other injury


144 Poor lighting Cable

operations


145

Scraping of bearing bush not meet the specification

Steam turbine

and generato

r installati

on


146

Fluoride dust generated when welding aluminum and aluminum products with acetylene welding

Welding and

cutting operatio

ns

Poisoning 3 3 7 63 Ⅲ Norma

l / now √ √

169

No. Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

147 No ventilation inside the container

Painting job 3 3 7 63 Ⅲ Norma

l / now √ √

148 No protection for blow cleaning

Piping and

valve installati

on operatio

n


149

Zinc vapor generated from welding of brass with acetylene welding

Welding and

cutting operatio

ns


150 No ventilation inside the container

Welding and

cutting operatio

ns


151

Uneven air gap when assembling the rotor

Installation of

rotating machiner

y


170

No. Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct

determination


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

152 Noise produced from pipe blowing

Pipe blowing Poisoni

ng


153 Labor protection defects

Painting job 3 1 3 9 Ⅴ Norma

l / now √

171

List for Hazard Source Identification and Risk Assessment Sector: commissioning site

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct determinati

on


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

1

Repair and maintenance in overpressure situation

Hydrostatic test

Blow by

objects


√ √ √

2

Overpressure and leakage during the hydrostatic test

Hydrostatic test 3 4 15 180 Ⅱ

Abnormal / now

√ √ √

3

Anomalies to the material and and welding quality of the temporary pipe


l / now √

4

Poor welding quality to the temporary pipeline system

Hydrostatic test 1 1 7 7 Ⅴ Norma

l / now √

172

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct determinati

on


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

5

Erroneous operation during machining operation

Operations with rotating machine

s Mechanical injury

1 2 15 30 Ⅳ Normal / now √

6

Improper trial of machine running and inspection method

Operations with rotating machine

s


7 No cordon set for the high-voltage region

Test operatio

ns

Electric

shock 1 5 15 75 Ⅲ Norma

l / now √ √

8

No electric charge done after the test in the high-voltage region

Test operatio

ns Electric

shock

1 5 15 75 Ⅲ Normal / now √ √

9 PT secondary short-circuit

Trial running 1 3 15 45 Ⅳ Norma

l / now √

10 CT secondary open circuit


l / now √

173

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct determinati

on


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

11

Power connection before applying for the work order

Transitional jobs 2 2 7 28 Ⅳ Norma

l / now √

12 No warning signs for live operation


l / now √

13

No supervisor assigned for the high-voltage region

Test operatio

ns 2 2 7 28 Ⅳ Norma

l / now √

14 No supervisor assigned


l / now √

15 Not wearing the insulated gloves

Trial running 2 2 7 28 Ⅳ

Abnormal / future

√

16

Hydrogen leakage during trial running

Trial running

Other injury

3 2 40 240 Ⅱ Emergency / Future

√ √ √ √

17

No technical safety instruction given before the test

Acid/alkali tests 1 5 15 75 Ⅲ Norma

l / now √ √

174

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct determinati

on


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

18 warning area not set

Pipe blowing

Other injury

1 5 15 75 Ⅲ Normal / now √ √ √

19

Leakage of high temperature steam

Equipment

operation and

maintenance

1 5 15 75 Ⅲ Normal / now √ √

20

Improper exhaust direction and position


l / now √

21

Inspection of system leakage during steam test

Tightness test 2 2 7 28 Ⅳ Norma

l / now √

22

Inappropriate pipe connection facilities

Chemicals

transportation


23

No warning signs set near the acid pumps filling system

Acid/alkali tests 2 2 7 28 Ⅳ Norma

l / now √

175

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct determinati

on


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

24 System leakage

Pipe blowing target

replacement


25 Safety valve leakage

Safety valve

calibration test


√

26 No work order applied for the hot work


l / now √

27

Hot-tightened bolts not meet the specification

Installation and

commissioning


28

Shaft seal leakage during acid pump running

Acid/alkali tests 2 2 7 28 Ⅳ Norma

l / now √

29 Noise Pipe blowing 1 1 7 7 Ⅴ Norma

l / now √

176

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct determinati

on


Risk level

Status /

timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

30

Inspection of system leakage during wind pressure test

Tightness test

Other injury


31

No acid-resistant material used for the acid valve gasket

Acid/alkali tests 1 1 7 7 Ⅴ Norma

l / now √

32

Not removing the 2auxiliary safe device for the non-operation switch

Trial running 1 1 7 7 Ⅴ Norma

l / now √

33

No supervisor assigned for the exhaust direction

Pipe blowing 0.5 1 15 7.5 Ⅴ Norma

l / now √

34 Inspection of system leakage

System commiss

ioning 1 3 3 9 Ⅴ Norma

l / now √

35 No muffler installed at the exhaust port


l / now √

178

List for Hazard Source Identification and Risk Assessment

Sectors: commissioning, performance test, quality assurance site

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct determinati

on


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

1 Illegal lifting operations

Equipment

troubleshooting

Blow by

objects

2 3 15 90 Ⅲ Normal / now √ √

2 Illegal driving within the factory

Vehicle transport

Injury by

vehicle

1 2 15 30 Ⅳ Normal / now √

3

Connecting and disconnecting the powr with load

Power supply

operation

Electric

shock

1 5 15 75 Ⅲ Normal / now √ √

4 Illegal access to the live region

Mobile inspectio

n of electrical equipme

nt

1 5 15 75 Ⅲ Normal / now √ √

5 Electric tools leakage

Use of electric tools


179

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct determinati

on


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

6

Taking the pipeling for flammable and explosive gas or liquid as the ground

Power maintena

nce 1 3 7 21 Ⅳ Normal

/ now √

7 Smoking in the fuel area

Boiler operatio

n Fire

3 4 15 180 Ⅱ Abnorm

al / future

√ √ √

8

Store combustibles near the coal bunker

Generator unit

operation

1 5 15 75 Ⅲ Abnorm

al / future

√

√

9

No protection for hot work in the flammable or explosive places in relation to oil or hydrogen

Equipment

troubleshooting

Fire

1 5 15 75 Ⅲ Normal / now

√

√

10 Poorly ground for the oil pipeline

Boiler operatio


al / now √

11

Insufficient configuration of fire extinguishers

Generator unit

operation

1 2 15 30 Ⅳ Abnorm

al / future

√

180

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct determinati

on


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

12

Fire-fighting facilities failure, not checked regularly

Generator unit

operation

1 2 15 30 Ⅳ Normal / future √

13

No safety belt tied for operation at heights

Unit troublesh

ooting Falling from

height

1 5 15 75 Ⅲ Normal / now √ √

14 No separation barrier for the holes

Equipment

troubleshooting


15 Hot work in the coal power bunker

Operation of coal power bunker

Other explos

ion 3 4 15 180 Ⅱ

Abnormal /


16 Improper safety valve operation

Boiler operatio

n Other injury


17

Oil or water leakage during equipment operation

Check of equipme

nt operatio

n


181

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct determinati

on


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

18 Violation of the operating procedures

Filling of the

chemicals


19 Improper operation

Filling electrolyte to the battery

Other injury


20

Improper operation or commands for boiler pipe blowing

Boiler operatio


/ now √

21 Maintaining without proper protection

Pipeline maintena

nce 1 2 15 30 Ⅳ Normal

/ now √

22 Not wear the goggles

Check of the flame

in the boiler

chamber

1 10 3 30 Ⅳ Normal / now √

23 Violation of the operating procedures

Use of electric tools


182

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct determinati

on


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

24 Valve leakage

System putting

into operatio

n


183

List for Hazard Source Identification and Risk Assessment Sector: equipment and materials storage areas

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct determinati

on


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

1

Object overturned due to improper fixing

Office area

Blown by

objects


2

Socket or wire damaged, or electrical short-circuit

Use the power

Electric

shock 3 2 7 42 Ⅳ

Abnormal /

future √ √

3 Combustibles catching a fire Office

Fire

3 6 7 126 Ⅱ Emerge

ncy / future

√ √ √ √

1） Warning signs

2） Emergency plan

4 Incorrect disposal of cigarette butts

Smoking 3 4 7 84 Ⅲ Emerge

ncy / future

√ √ √

5

Inadequate configuration of fire equipment

Firefighting 2 3 15 90 Ⅲ

Abnormal /


184

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct determinati

on


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

6

Inconsistent performance in the forklift trucks (brakes, steering mechanism and signal lights)

Use of forklift

Vehicle

injuries

2 3 15 90 Ⅲ Normal / now √ √ √

1) Pre-use check 2) Regular inspection

7

Transport of extra large, heavy, and high objects

Transport with forklift trucks

3 3 7 63 Ⅳ Normal / now √ √

8 Drunk driving or with fatigue



9 Loose bundling


Vehicle

injuries


10 Goods overloading


1 2 15 30 Ⅳ Normal / now √

185

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct determinati

on


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

11 No protection for operation at heights

Operation at

heights

Falling from

height 1 3 7 21 Ⅳ

Abnormal /

future √ √

Supervision of the relevant

party

12 Improper handling Handling

Other injurie

s


13

Junction box broken off from the ground, improper wiring

Use the power 3 3 3 27 Ⅳ Normal

/ now √ √

14

Personal collision during a fire or unusual situation

Emergency

evacuation

3 3 3 27 Ⅳ Emerge

ncy / future

√

15 Leakage of anti-rust protective oil

Material stacking 1 3 7 21 Ⅳ Normal

/ now √ √ Regular inspection

16

Personal stumbling due to improper placing of parts

Warehouse

maintenance

operations


186

No.

Hazard source


Possible

accident

Direct determinati

on


Risk level

Status / timing

Action taken

Remark L E C D

Target

Plan

Run

Edu & train

Pre-plan

Supervision

Other

17

Special operations holding position without the qualification certificates

Other injuries 1 3 7 21 Ⅳ Normal

/ now √

187

Attachment 2:

General Work PTW Permit NO.: Subcontractor (Applicant): Location: Description:

Validity: Shift □Day □Night

Date From: To:

Duration Time From: To:

Safety Precautionary/Measures (add attachment if needed) PPE to be used: □Hard Hat □safety Glass □Safety Goggles □Safety Shoes □Safety harness □Rubber Gloves □Rubber Boots □Safety Gloves □Dust mask □Ear Protection □Others:

Safety Measures: □Fire Extinguisher □Mechanical Isolation □Extra Lighting □Site Demarcation □Watch Man □Electrical Isolation □Remove Other Persons □Gas Test □Warning Signs □Lock/Tag Out □JSA(Mandatory) □Energy Isolation □Heat Stress □SIMOPS Checklist □Others:

Receiver (Performing Area) Applicant:(Person who's in charge of the activity) (Full Name, contact, position & signature) Site Manager (or his deputy): (Full Name, contact & signature) Subcontractor HSE Coordinator: (Full Name, contact, position & signature) Issuer (Authority area) EPC Relevant Authorizing Department: (Full Name, contact, position & signature) EPC PTW Coordinator

188

(Full Name, contact & signature) EPC Site Manager Approval (or his deputy): (Full Name, contact & signature) Site HSE Supervisor: (Full Name, contact & signature) Permit Extension (if needed) From(time): am/pm To am/pm on(date) Date:

Receiver Name Signature Date:

Issuer Name Signature Date:

EPC PTW Coordinator

Name Signature Date:

PTW Closure: The permit receiver shall surrender the permit to the HSE Department after the completion of the works or upon expiration and shall log at the Work Permit Log Book for proper sign out. I declare that the work of this PTW has been safely completed & the work area is being inspected and possible new hazards mitigated.

Receiver:

I declare that I've witnessed the completion of the activity as the receiver aforementioned.

Issuer

Approval EPC PTW C

Note: A new Permit shall be Issued for any changes in the conditions. A copy MUST be available at the workplace with the needed Attachments.

Rupsha 800-Megawatt Combined Cycle Power Plant Project ...

Documents

Transcript of Rupsha 800-Megawatt Combined Cycle Power Plant Project ...